Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Financial - Credit Services / PRA Group, Inc.

PRA Group, Inc.

praa · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker praa
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Financial - Credit Services
Employees 2991
← All annual reports
FY2008 Annual Report · PRA Group, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
PeRfoRmiNg
i N   a   T u R Bu l e N T   T i m e

P o r t f o l i o   R e c o v e r y   A s s o c i a t e s ,   I n c .

2 0 0 8   a n n u a l   R e p o r t

$383.5

$563.8

21.1%

19.9%

19.8%

17.3%

$410.3

$298.2

$261.4

$205.2

$226.4

$193.6

’05

’06

’07

’08

’05

’06

’07

’08

’05

’06

’07

’08

Cash Receipts
($ in millions)

Return on Equity
(in percent)

Net Finance Receivables
($ in millions)

Cash Re ceipts

($ in millions)

Return on Equity

(in percent)

Net Finance Receivables

($ in millions)

$48.2

$45.4

$44.5

$36.8

31.0%

26.8%

$283.9

$247.3

$235.3

$195.3

19.3%

17.2%

’05

’06

’07

’08

’05

’06

’07

’08

’05

’06

’07

’08

Net Income
($ in millions)

Annual Revenue Growth
(in percent)

Stockholders’ Equity
($ in millions)

Net Income

($ in millions)

Annual Revenue Growth

Shareholder’s Equity

(in percent)

($ in millions)

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

50

40

30

20

10

0

25

20

15

10

5

0

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. and its subsidiaries purchase and manage portfolios of 

defaulted  consumer  receivables  and  provide  a  broad  range  of  accounts  receivable  man­

agement  services  to  lenders,  service  providers,  governments,  and  others.  The  Company 

combines a disciplined approach to portfolio acquisitions with a long­term view of collections 

and a commitment to continuous innovation. We have created a rewarding organization for 

our employees, who produce exceptional results for our investors and clients alike.

PRA began operations in 1996 and has been a public company since November 2002. Since 

our  initial  public  offering,  our  purchased  portfolio  has  increased  to  $39.9  billion  from  

$5.1 billion in face value, and our earnings have increased to $2.97 per diluted share from 

$0.94.  At  year­end  2008,  we  employed  2,032  people  in  eight  office  locations  from  Virginia  

to California.

F in ancial  Highl ight s

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Revenues
Operating income
Net income
Diluted earnings per share
Weighted­average shares (diluted)
Operating margin
Net margin
Return on average equity
Working capital
Finance receivables, net
Total assets
Total debt
Stockholders’ equity

2008

2007

2006

$ 263,275
$  84,837
$  45,362
2.97
$ 
15,292

$ 220,748
$  81,184
$  48,241
3.06
$ 
15,779

$ 188,322
$  72,000
$  44,490
2.77
$ 
16,082

32.2%
17.2%
17.3%

36.8%
21.9%
19.8%

38.2%
23.6%
19.9%

$  11,549
$ 563,830
$ 657,840
$ 268,305
$ 283,863

$  10,827
$ 410,297
$ 476,307
$ 168,103
$ 235,280

$  18,981
$ 226,447
$ 293,378
$ 
932
$ 247,278

1

DeAR FellOW SHAReHOlDeRS:

last  year’s  economic  meltdown  tested  the 
mettle  of  corporations  and  individuals  alike. 
Hit  hardest  were  our  customers,  who  dealt 
with job and home equity losses that took dead 
aim at their sources of funds for paying bills. 
Your  management  team  and  Board  navigated 
the  Company  through  the  prevailing  fear  and 
hysteria by seeking out the market opportuni­
ties that always appear during turbulent times. 
We  also  focused  on  improving  the  efficiency 
and  effectiveness  of  our  operations—a  strat­
egy  that  always  yields  solid  paybacks  down 
the line. Over the years, for example, we have 
spent a great deal of time devising and updat­
ing  what  we  believe  are  sensible,  probable, 
and conservative models for use in our under­
writing,  investing,  and  accounting  functions. 
Those models have served us well.

Before I turn to the particulars of 2008, let me say that our 
market  and  business  fundamentals  still  look  good—an 
encouraging  sign  since  they  have  an  important  bearing  on 
our ability to maximize shareholder value. Market conditions 
in our industry turned more favorable in 2007, accelerating 
in the second half of the year. For buyers of distressed debt 
who  could  properly  execute,  the  turnaround  opened  up 
opportunities  to  realize  exceptional  long­term  returns. 
During  2008,  the  supply  of  distressed  debt  skyrocketed  as 
average  credit  card  charge­off  rates  increased  over  40%.  
At  the  same  time,  buyer  demand  deteriorated,  pummeled  
by the credit crunch. The combination of weakened demand 
and increased supply provided a compelling market oppor­
tunity that continues today. Well­capitalized debt buyers with 
underwriting  proficiency  and  proven,  scalable  operations 
can make portfolio investments capable of generating size­
able lifetime returns. I am pleased to say that PRA has the 
rare combination of available capital, robust pricing models, 

operating capacity, and expertise necessary to capitalize on 
these  substantial  opportunities.  We  intend  to  act  quickly 
when they appear, but also prudently.

As for business fundamentals, we feel strongly that the best 
way  to  navigate  successfully  through  business  cycles  and 
changing  conditions  is  to  have  diverse  operations.  We  have 
achieved  this  diversity  in  two  ways:  by  purchasing  a  broad 
spectrum  of  distressed  consumer  debt,  including  bankrupt 
accounts, and by purchasing and operating complementary 
businesses.  In  addition  to  our  debt­purchasing  operations, 
we  run  three  fee­for­service  businesses:  IGS,  a  collateral 
location and recovery enterprise that serves the auto finance 
industry; RDS, which provides revenue administration, audit, 
and  collection  ser vices  for  government  agencies;  and 
MuniServices,  which  specializes  in  revenue  enhancement 
for  government  clients.  The  clients  of  these  three  busi­
nesses tend to use their services to a greater degree during 
economic  downturns.  As  delinquency  rates  climb,  auto 
finance  companies  need  help  more  often  with  finding  and 
recovering  their  collateral.  And  as  the  economy  slows,  
so do tax revenues. That is when governments turn to com­
panies  like  RDS  and  MuniServices  for  help  with  identifying 
and  capturing  tax  dollars  owed  to  them.  We  intend  to 
continue  growing  our  fee  businesses  organically  and 
through  tuck­in  acquisitions.  last  year,  for  example,  we 
purchased the assets of Broussard Partners, a provider of 
audit  services  to  local  tax  authorities  in  louisiana,  and 
folded  this  business  into  RDS.  We  also  continue  to  scour  
the market for other interesting fee businesses to add to our 
company. Some of the same market forces that have pushed 
distressed­debt  prices  lower  have  also  made  business 
acquisitions  better  priced  and  more  compelling  than  we 
have seen in some time.

Now  for  2008.  last  year  was  the  first  time  in  our  13­year 
history  that  we  did  not  produce  net  income  growth.  It  was 
the  first  time  since  we  went  public  in  2002  that  we  did  
not  generate  return  on  equity  of  20%  or  better.  So  from  a 
short­term view of financial performance, PRA fell short of 
its targets.

2

Steve Fredrickson
Chairman, President & Chief executive Officer

From  a  longer­term  perspective,  however,  I  am  ver y  
encouraged  by  what  we  were  able  to  accomplish  last  
year.  Our  employees  made  extraordinary  efforts  as  we 
worked  together  to  manage  through  an  extremely  difficult 
economic  environment.  We  underwrote  new  portfolios  
with several added layers of conservatism, and we created 
significant portfolio diversification by buying large quantities 
of  charged­off  and  bankrupt  accounts  from  many  different 
sources.

Although  our  productivity  figures  were  down  modestly  
year­over­year, I feel this was due to the extraordinary eco­
nomic situation we confronted, not to our own missteps. In 
fact,  we  refined  our  collection  scoring  and  segmentation 
models  and  tripled  our  automated  dialing  capacity  during 
the  year,  allowing  us  to  make  millions  of  more  calls,  at  a 
lower  cost,  to  higher­value  customers  than  we  did  in  2007. 
We also expanded our ability to pursue legal actions on our 
own  behalf,  rather  than  depending  largely  on  third­party 
attorneys—and  in  so  doing  reduced  our  legal  cost  per 
account. These improvements to our ability to collect more 
efficiently  and  effectively  helped  soften  the  force  of  the  
economic  headwinds  faced  by  our  collection  operations. 
Without such significant operational improvements, I believe 
our results would have suffered much more.

As  noted  earlier,  we  continued  to  diversify  our  lines  of  
business  in  2008,  buying  not  only  MuniServices,  but  the 
assets  of  Broussard  Partners.  Both  companies  brought 
experienced  management  teams,  expanded  product  lines, 
new  clients,  and  geographic  diversification  to  our  growing 
government  services  business.  Revenue  from  our  fee­for­
service  businesses  totaled  $56.8  million  in  2008  compared 
with $7.1 million in 2004, the year we acquired IGS. Our fee 
businesses accounted for 22% of total revenues in 2008, up 
from  16%  in  2007,  and  contributed  a  record  28%  of  total  
revenues in Q4 2008. For all of 2008, fee­business revenue 
growth  was  58%,  even  with  our  decision  at  mid­year  to 
cease  operations  of  our  contingent­fee  business,  Anchor 
Receivables Management. Anchor’s results were determined 
to  be  continuously  and  inappropriately  low  relative  to  the 
employees  and  infrastructure  deployed  in  that  business. 

We  redeployed  essentially  all  employees  from  this  unit  to 
our  owned­portfolio  collections  operation,  where  they  are 
producing substantially improved returns for the Company. 
PRA’s fee businesses are well positioned to continue pros­
pering in the difficult economic environment we now face.

While  we  did  many  things  well  in  2008,  we  also  took  some 
actions  that  turned  out  to  be  less  than  optimal.  In  2007,  as 
we  saw  portfolio  pricing  begin  to  fall,  we  began  buying  in 
larger quantities. In doing so we misread the pace at which 
pricing  would  continue  falling  throughout  the  year  and  into 
2008. We locked into several forward flows during 2007 and 
early  2008  that  will  be  less  profitable  than  what  we  might 
have  obtained  had  we  postponed  that  buying.  This  lower 
expectation has already been reflected in our eRC forecasts 
and  is  clearly  visible  when  comparing  our  2006–2008  eRC  
to purchase price multiples. Unfortunately, we have no per­
fect  crystal  ball  to  use  in  making  such  decisions.  Our  only 
tools are study and discussion; then we have to live with the 
consequences. Right now, we don’t know when and at what 
pace  economic  conditions  will  improve,  and  what  will  
happen  to  collectability  and  purchase  pricing  at  that  time. 
Consequently,  we  are  underwriting  assuming  a  protracted 
downturn  without  a  return  to  historical  collection  heights. 
As  always,  in  each  quarter  we  will  compare  our  assump­
tions to our actual collection results, and change our future 
assumptions  accordingly.  We  also  will  continue  to  update 
the  investment  community  about  our  performance  to  date 
and about our expectations.

I  can  assure  you  that  PRA’s  management  team  is  focusing 
on  the  right  things,  including  prudent  and  accurate  under­
writing,  daily  execution,  capital  availability,  and  employee 
recruitment and retention. I look forward to sharing with you 
the progress we make in 2009 and beyond.

Steve Fredrickson
Chairman, President & Chief executive Officer

3

OPeR ATING 
PRINCIPleS
FOR  T He  M A N AGeMeN T 
OF  P OR T FOl IO  ReCOV eR Y 
A S S OCI AT e S

The current year will undoubtedly offer more of the same chal­
lenges we faced in 2008. Yet with all the turmoil, risk, and failure 
served up in times like this, opportunities abound. Competitors 
become fewer. Asset pricing becomes more attractive. Talented 
employees  become  easier  to  attract  and  retain.  By  relying  on 
our  well­established  Operating  Principles,  we  are  determined  
to  exit  this  economic  downturn  stronger  than  ever.  These  are 
the same ideals we have published in each annual report dating 
back  to  2002.  On  the  following  pages  we  will  go  through  each 
principle  and  let  you  know  what  we  have  been  doing  to  carry  
it out.

4

1—Disclose.  Be  HONeST  AND  OPeN  WITH  SHAReHOlDeRS.  leT  THeM 
kNOW WHAT IS GOING ON.

2—invest  carefully.  BUIlD  A  DIVeRSe  PORTFOlIO.  NeVeR  BeT  THe 
RANCH.  MAke  SURe  eACH  INVeSTMeNT,  Be  IT  A  PORTFOlIO  OR  A  
BUSINeSS,  HAS  BeeN  ReVIeWeD,  jUDGeD  OBjeCTIVelY,  AND  PRICeD  TO 
ACHIeVe APPROPRIATe PROFIT HURDleS.

3—Keep the business simple. OPeRATe FeWeR, lARGeR CAll CeNTeRS.

4—Keep  costs  low  anD  proDuctivity  high.  DeVelOP  AND  ReTAIN 
GReAT eMPlOYeeS. keeP SUPPORT STAFF AS SMAll AS POSSIBle, WHIle 
PROVIDING exCelleNT SeRVICe TO THe COlleCTION OPeRATION.

5—maintain  a  conservative  capital  structure.  AllOW  ROOM  FOR 
eRROR. keeP DeBT leVelS lOW. WHeN BORROWING IS ReQUIReD BeCAUSe 
OF OPPORTUNITY, USe lOW­COST, NON­PARTICIPATING DeBT.

6—builD  an  integrateD  business.  PORTFOlIO  BUYING  AND  COlleC­
TIONS MUST Be UNDeR THe SAMe ROOF.

7—employ  steaDy,  controlleD  growth.  We  OPeRATe  PROCeSS  AND 
PeOPle  INTeNSIVe  BUSINeSSeS.  exPeRIeNCeD  eMPlOYeeS  ARe  SIG­
NIFICANTlY  MORe  PRODUCTIVe  THAN  NeWeR  eMPlOYeeS.  GROWING  
TOO QUICklY PUTS TOO MANY leSS PRODUCTIVe, lOWeR MARGIN PeOPle 
INTO  THe  WORkFORCe  MIx,  DRIVING  DOWN  PRODUCTIVITY,  MARGIN  AND 
NeT INCOMe.

8—management  shoulD  be  owners,  not  hireD  guns.  We  ACT  lIke 
OWNeRS  BeCAUSe  We  ARe.  OUR  SeNIOR  MANAGeRS  HAVe  A  SIGNIFICANT 
PORTION  OF  THeIR  NeT  WORTH  INVeSTeD  IN  THe  COMPANY.  We  exPeCT 
OUR  SeNIOR  MANAGeRS  TO  ReTAIN  SUBSTANTIAl  STOCk  OWNeRSHIP 
POSITIONS—COMMON  STOCk,  NOT  jUST  OPTIONS—THROUGHOUT  THeIR 
TeRMS OF eMPlOYMeNT.

9—Develop anD support employees. PROVIDe AND SUPPORT ONGOING 
eMPlOYee  SkIll  DeVelOPMeNT  TO  HelP  CReATe  eVeR­INCReASING  
leVelS  OF  INDIVIDUAl  POTeNTIAl  WITH  HIGH  leVelS  OF  PeRFORMANCe 
FOR CONTINUING PeRSONAl AND COMPANY GROWTH.

5

1

DISClOS e

Be  HONeST  AND  OPeN  WITH  SHAReHOlDeRS.  leT  THeM 
kNOW WHAT IS GOING ON.

A company’s operations should be transparent to the company’s owners. Unfortunately, recent 
history has way too many examples of companies that fail to fulfill this critical responsibility. 
We always try to approach the issue of disclosure from a position of “why not” as opposed to 
“why.” As a result, PRA has been an industry leader in the transparent disclosure of coherent 
financial metrics. Disclosure goes beyond filing required reports each quarter. It also includes 
fully  answering  investor  questions  after  each  quarterly  earnings  report,  whether  those  
questions  are  friendly  or  otherwise.  It  means  being  honest  and  letting  investors  know  what  
you know, when you know it, and what you are unsure of. Companies that don’t have the time 
or appetite for the exercise quite frankly shouldn’t be public.

For  investors  to  fully  understand  our  company’s  performance,  they  need  to  see  not  just  the 
basic  financial  results,  but  also  a  careful  analysis  of  our  static  pool  results  (i.e.,  results  for  
all pools acquired during a calendar year) and amortization rate dynamics. Our supplemental 
data  disclosure  provides  this  clarity,  enabling  investors  to  identify  return  multiples  and  
revenue recognition trends. We will continue to provide regular updates to this data in each of 
our quarterly filings.

During  2008  cash  collections  increased  25%  to  a  record  $326.7  million.  Collections  on  our  
purchased bankruptcy pools grew 110% to $56.8 million, while collections on our core charged­
off  pools  grew  15%  to  $269.9  million.  However,  for  the  period  2006–2008,  eRC­to­purchase­
price  multiples  are  the  lowest  in  the  Company’s  history,  reflecting  the  difficult  pricing 
environment of 2006 and the increasingly difficult collections environment we have faced since 
2007. Time will prove whether we will be able to extract upside from the 2007 and 2008 pools. 
Our lower eRC ratios resulted in higher amortization rates, which in turn reduced the propor­
tion of cash collections we recognized as revenue. This effect, combined with increased collec­
tion  costs  resulting  from  the  tougher  operating  environment,  and  higher  interest  expense 
resulting from our substantial borrowing increase, explain our 6% decrease in net income to 
$45.4 million in 2008.

The following two tables show the cash collections made on our bankruptcy and charged­off 
portfolios in each year, by year of portfolio purchase. Other pool performance data is provided 
on pages 38 and 40 of the enclosed 10­k.

Our cash collections increased 25% while our 
cash receipts increased 29% and our net 
income decreased 6% during 2008.

6

Cash Collections by Year, by Year of Purchase—Purchased Bankruptcy Portfolio Only ($ in thousands)

Purchase
Period

Purchase
Price

1996

1997

1998

1999

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

Total

Cash Collection Period

$ 

— $  — $  — $  — $  — $ 

— $  — $  — $ 

— $ 

— $ 

— $ 

— $ 

— $ 

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

7,469

29,302

17,643

78,933

111,063

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

743

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

— $ 

— $ 

— $ 

— $ 

— $ 

— $ 

— $ 

— $ 

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

4,554

3,777

—

—

—

3,956

2,777

1,455 $ 

13,485

15,500

11,934

6,845 $ 

38,056

5,608

—

—

9,455

2,850

6,522 $ 

21,585

27,972 $ 

30,822

—

14,024 $ 

14,024

Total

$ 244,410 $  — $  — $  — $  — $ 

— $  — $  — $ 

— $ 

743 $  8,331 $  25,064 $  27,016 $  56,818 $  117,972

Cash Collections by Year, by Year of Purchase—Entire Portfolio Less Purchased Bankruptcy Portfolio ($ in thousands)

Purchase
Period

Purchase
Price

1996

1997

1998

1999

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

Total

Cash Collection Period

$  3,080 $ 548 $ 2,484 $  1,890 $  1,348 $  1,025 $ 

730 $ 

496 $ 

398 $ 

285 $ 

210 $ 

237 $ 

102 $ 

83 $ 

9,836

5,215

3,776

4,069

6,807

3,347

6,398

2,630

5,152

5,138

13,069

12,090

1,829

3,948

9,598

1,324

2,797

7,336

1,022

2,200

5,615

860

1,811

4,352

6,894

19,498

19,478

16,628

14,098

10,924

597

1,415

3,032

8,067

437

882

2,243

5,202

346 $ 

24,183

616 $ 

35,802

1,533 $ 

64,006

3,604 $  104,393

7,685

— 2,507

11,089

18,898

25,020

33,481

42,325

61,449

51,709

113,911

90,159

179,839

167,448

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

— 13,048

28,831

28,003

26,717

22,639

16,048

10,011

6,164 $  151,461

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

— 15,073

36,258

35,742

32,497

24,729

16,527

9,772 $  170,598

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

24,308

49,706

52,640

43,728

30,695

18,818 $  219,895

—

—

—

—

—

17,276

41,921

36,468

27,973

17,884 $  141,522

—

—

—

—

15,191

59,645

57,928

42,731 $  175,495

—

—

—

17,363

43,737

34,038 $ 

95,138

—

—

39,413

87,039 $  126,452

—

47,253 $ 

47,253

1996

1997

1998

1999

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

1996

1997

1998

1999

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

Total

$ 806,093 $ 548 $ 4,991 $ 10,881 $ 17,362 $ 30,733 $ 53,148 $ 79,253 $ 117,052 $ 152,661 $ 183,045 $ 211,329 $ 235,150 $ 269,881 $ 1,366,034

7

2

INVeST  CAReFUllY

BUIlD A DIVeRSe PORTFOlIO. NeVeR BeT THe RANCH. MAke 
SURe eACH INVeSTMeNT, Be IT A PORTFOlIO OR A BUSINeSS, 
HAS BeeN ReVIeWeD, jUDGeD OBjeCTIVelY, AND PRICeD TO 
ACHIeVe APPROPRIATe PROFIT HURDleS.

During  2008  we  benefited  from  the  continued  decline  in  portfolio  purchase  prices.  As  the 
underlying collection environment became more difficult during the year, we underwrote our 
deals more conservatively by incorporating lower cash flow assumptions into our models and 
increasing  our  return­rate  hurdle  to  further  compensate  for  the  increased  economic  risk. 
Through careful monitoring of the economy and its impact on cash flow, we attempted to keep 
our adjustments to collections ahead of the weakening economy, anticipating further softening. 
For the year, we invested a total of $280.3 million in new portfolios. Purchasing was diversified 
between  bankruptcy  portfolios  ($113.1  million,  or  40%)  and  charged­off  portfolios  ($167.2  
million, or 60%). Within the charged­off portfolios, purchasing was distributed across different 
recall  classifications  (the  number  of  rounds  of  post  charge­off  collections  the  accounts  had 
already  gone  through).  The  graph  below  shows  the  percentage  distribution  of  our  portfolio 
investment  each  year  by  type  of  paper  purchased.  As  you  can  see,  we  are  an  opportunistic 
buyer who will shift our investment from year to year to capitalize on those market segments 
that we feel offer the best risk­reward characteristics.

INVESTMENT PERCE NTAGE  BY PAPER TYPE

100

80

60

40

20

0

’96

’97

’98

’99

’00

’01

’02

’03

’04

’05

’06

’07

’08

Warehouse
Quad/Quint

Tertiary
Mixed

Secondary
Primary

Fresh
Paying

Legal/Judgment
BK Trustees

a96

a97

a98

a99

a00

a01

a02

a03

a04

a05

a06

a07

a08

8

100

80

60

40

20

0

We hold ourselves to the same standards of careful investing when buying businesses as we 
do when buying portfolios of bad debt. Our goal is to build an increasingly diverse revenue and 
income  stream  for  the  Company.  During  2008  we  significantly  expanded  our  presence  in  the 
government revenue administration market by acquiring MuniServices and the contracts and 
employees  of  Broussard  Partners.  Despite  the  cessation  of  our  Anchor  Receivables 
Management business during Q2 and the resulting loss of revenue, we were still able to grow 
fee­for­service  revenue  to  a  record  $18.9  million  in  Q4  2008.  In  fact,  during  this  quarter,  the 
revenue and net operating income (i.e., earnings before interest and taxes) attributable to our 
fee­for­service businesses were similar to the corresponding results for the entire Company 
in Q4 of 2002, our first reporting period as a public company. The growth in our fee business is 
not an accident, but rather a deliberate strategy we have deployed consistently for years.

The diversity of our fee businesses permits the Company to grow more steadily and minimize 
concentration risk from any single market in which we compete. These businesses can give us 
added  growth  when  the  debt­purchase  markets  may  offer  less,  while  requiring  little  of  our 
precious  capital  to  fund  their  expansion.  We  intend  to  continue  to  build  our  fee  businesses 
through  positive  and  negative  economic  cycles,  further  diversifying  our  activities  and  the  
markets and clients we serve.

Courtesy of the NASDAQ OMx Group

9

3

keeP THe  BUSINeSS SIMPle

OPeRATe FeWeR,  
lARGeR CAll CeNTeRS.

Amen.  Fully  leverage  the  capabilities  of  great  managers, 
physical  facilities,  and  network  hardware  and  connectivity, 
plus corporate support services such as Accounting, Informa­
tion Technology, and Human Resources. Our Norfolk campus 
now houses more than 800 employees, organized into groups 
with  manageable  sizes.  We  prefer  14­person  collection  units 
reporting  to  a  single  manager,  with  9  managers  reporting  to 
an  Assistant  Vice  President.  These  126­person  groups  are 
large enough to allow for great diversity in skill sets, schedul­
ing capabilities, and absenteeism coverage, but small enough 
to  permit  strong  personal  bonds,  effective  communication, 
and a sense of belonging and contribution.

In  our  Hampton,  Virginia  call  center,  almost  230  owned­ 
portfolio  collectors  are  organized  into  two  teams,  with  each 
reporting to an Assistant Vice  President. There is a similarly 
sized  and  managed  group  in  jackson,  Tennessee,  and  a 
190­collector  group  in  Hutchinson  kansas,  split  roughly  into 
two  equal  teams.  With  the  transition  of  employees  from 
Anchor  to  PRA,  we  have  some  50  collectors  working  in 
Birmingham, Alabama. each of our owned­portfolio collection 
offices  works  similar  accounts,  on  the  same  computer 
systems, using standardized processes.

With hopes of capitalizing on a significant labor cost arbitrage, 
we  opened  a  test  center  in  the  Philippines  in  March  2008, 
anticipating  solid  growth.  At  year­end,  its  performance  had 
not improved to required levels, so we have not expanded this 
experiment. During 2009 we anticipate either making satisfac­
tory  headway  in  improving  performance  there  or  discontinu­
ing the experiment altogether.

Our main IGS call center in las Vegas is at capacity with 150 
employees.  Therefore,  we  will  be  moving  the  business  to  a 
new  30,000  square­foot  operations  center  in  April  of  2009  in 
order  to  support  its  continued  growth.  RDS  has  about  60 
employees  in  Birmingham,  Alabama,  Broussard  Partners  in 
Houston,  Texas,  employs  24,  and  MuniServices  has  approxi­
mately 120 employees, most of whom are located at its Fresno, 
California, headquarters.

10

keeP COSTS lOW AND  
PRODUCTIVIT Y HIGH

4

DeVelOP  AND  ReTAIN  GReAT  eMPlOYeeS.  keeP  SUPPORT 
STAFF  AS  SMAll  AS  POSSIBle,  WHIle  PROVIDING  exCel­
leNT SeRVICe TO THe COlleCTION OPeRATION.

Although we pride ourselves on continuous vigilance over expenses, nothing focuses a man­
agement  team  on  lowering  costs  and  increasing  productivity  like  a  recession.  A  tougher  
collection environment generally causes lower productivity and higher costs, since collectors 
must work harder on each account to arrange realistic payments with customers.

As the graph at the bottom of this page shows, our hourly productivity, as measured in dollars 
collected  per  hour  paid,  peaked  in  2006  before  falling  about  7%  in  2007  and  then  a  further  
3%  in  2008.  We  regard  these  declines  as  rather  modest  given  the  economic  environment  of  
the past two years and the substantial growth in our collection staff, which depresses short­
term productivity.

We  implemented  several  major  productivity  initiatives  during  2008.  To  dramatically  increase 
the phone call production of our employees, we invested heavily in predictive dialer systems. 
By year­end, we were making seven times the number of phone calls per month that we had 
made just a year earlier. Without this investment, we feel, we would have seen a greater fall­off 
in productivity than we actually experienced. We also improved upon our already robust ability 
to segment our portfolio, an action that helps us to better allocate precious collection resources 
to  our  highest­value  accounts.  In  addition,  we  focused  intensely  on  optimizing  our  return  on 
investment from each slice of our portfolio and each type of collection action we took. These 
initiatives were vital to offset the economy’s depressive effect on our cash collections.

The  following  graph  shows  total  owned­portfolio  collector  hours  paid,  together  with  several 
hourly productivity measures from 1998 through 2008.

HO URLY PRODUCTIVITY  VS. HOUR S PA ID  (collections per hour paid in dollars)

r
H

/
d
e
r
e
v
o
c
e
R

$

$150

120

90

60

30

2,500,000

$131.29

2,000,000

$96.95

H
o
u
r
s

P
a

i

d

1,500,000

1,000,000

500,000

’98

’99

’00

’01

’02

’03

’04

’05

’06

’07

0

’08

a98

a99

a00

a01

a02

a03

a04

a05

a06

a07

a08

Hours Paid

$ Recovered/Hr Paid

$ Recovered/Hr Paid WO Legal

11

a98

a99

a00

a01

a02

a03

a04

a05

a06

a07

a08

150

120

90

60

30

2500

2000

1500

1000

500

0

 
 
5

MAINTAIN A CONSeRVATIVe   
CAPITAl STRUCTURe

AllOW  ROOM  FOR  eRROR.  keeP  DeBT  leVelS  lOW.  WHeN 
BORROWING  IS  ReQUIReD  BeCAUSe  OF  OPPORTUNITY,  USe 
lOW­COST, NON­PARTICIPATING DeBT.

Operating essentially debt­free from the end of 2002 through early 2007, we decided to utilize 
financial  leverage  to  amplify  returns  to  our  shareholders.  We  continued  and  expanded  this 
practice in 2008, increasing our borrowings to $268.3 million from $168.0 million at the end of 
2007. By year­end we were enjoying a fully loaded borrowing cost of about 1.86% on the $218.3 
million portion of this debt on our credit line, which dramatically lowers our weighted average 
cost of capital. Our credit line borrowing rate is equal to 30­day lIBOR plus 1.40%. An interest 
rate swap executed in 2008 fixes our lIBOR index at 1.89% for a $50.0 million portion of our 
credit line from january 2010 through May 2011, yielding a total future borrowing cost of 3.29% 
on  that  segment.  Another  $50.0  million  of  our  debt  is  priced  at  a  6.80%  fixed  rate  through 
mid­2012. With a current debt­to­equity ratio of about 95%, we consider our debt load highly 
manageable and conservative.

Importantly,  we  are  using  our  borrowing  power  to  acquire  well­priced  pools  of  charged­off  
and  bankruptcy  debt  during  a  time  when  we  feel  market  forces  are  creating  extraordinary 
opportunities. As we acquire new pools of accounts, and layer these purchases year after year, 
we  create  an  annuity  stream  of  long­lasting  cash  flow  that  is  more  than  sufficient  to  meet  
our debt service obligations. We used the additional $100 million we borrowed in 2008, together 
with  internal  cash  flow,  to  1]  purchase  $280  million  of  charged­off  and  bankrupt  accounts,  
2]  acquire  MuniServices  and  the  assets  of  Broussard  Partners  for  about  $25  million,  and  
3] make $6 million in capital expenditures.

We understand that with leverage comes risk. We intend to keep our leverage modest, and to 
use it only when it appropriately enhances risk­adjusted returns to our shareholders. We feel 
that now is just such a time. Our current line of credit is a borrowing base–driven revolver with 
a  maximum  commitment  of  $365.0  million.  Since  this  commitment  extends  through  May  of 
2011, we presently see no need to further expand the line; however, we will be on the lookout 
for  extraordinary  opportunities  that  justify  an  increase.  But  we  will  not  lose  sight  of  our 
Operating Principle: Maintain a conservative capital structure. Allow room for error. keep debt 
levels low.

12

BUIlD AN INTeGRATeD BUSINeSS

6

PORTFOlIO BUYING AND COlleCTIONS MUST Be UNDeR THe 
SAMe ROOF.

We  continue  to  be  huge  believers  in  our  integrated  business  model.  We  operate  our  own  
collection  call  centers  because  we  feel  underwriting,  strategy,  and  collection  must  operate  
as  a  cohesive,  coordinated  set  of  functions.  We  are  constantly  experimenting  with  different  
collection  techniques  and  processes,  something  we  could  never  accomplish  as  effectively  
in an outsourced collection environment. What we learn about the portfolios stays within our 
walls, and is shared across collection sites so that collectors can quickly benefit from learning 
curve improvements without directly or indirectly educating our competitors. likewise, during 
challenging economic times such as these, it is more important than ever for our acquisition 
and underwriting staffs to obtain monthly, daily, and even hourly results from all of our pools 
and  collection  processes.  This  allows  us  to  be  highly  responsive  to  collection  trends  as  they 
evolve, increasing the accuracy of our underwriting projections.

During  2008  we  pushed  integration  even  further  by  in­sourcing  much  of  our  legal  collection 
work,  eliminating  our  reliance  upon  the  low­performing  portion  of  our  third­party  attorney 
network.  By  further  expanding  this  internal  capability,  we  believe  we  can  improve  our  legal 
liquidation  rates  while  maintaining  a  lower  cost  structure.  Our  philosophy  of  integration  
yields  huge  benefits  in  the  form  of  feedback  about  control  processes  and  collection  results.  
It  also  widens  our  profit  margins  because  we  retain  profit  that  would  otherwise  be  paid  to  a 
third­party collector.

OWNeD PORTFOlIO  CASH COlleCTI ONS  P eR P URCH ASe  P eRI OD  ($ in millions)

$350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

’96

’97

’98

’99

’00

’01

’02

’03

’04

’05

’06

’07

’08

13

a96

a97

a98

a99

a00

a01

a02

a03

a04

a05

a06

a07

a08

350000

300000

250000

200000

150000

100000

50000

0

a08

a07

a06

a05

a04

a03

a02

a01

a00

a99

a98

a97

a96

7

eMPlOY STeADY,   
CONTROlleD GROW TH

We  OPeRATe  PROCeSS  AND  PeOPle  INTeNSIVe  BUSI­
NeSSeS.  exPeRIeNCeD  eMPlOYeeS  ARe  SIGNIFICANTlY 
MORe  PRODUCTIVe  THAN  NeWeR  eMPlOYeeS.  GROWING 
TOO  QUICklY  PUTS  TOO  MANY  leSS  PRODUCTIVe,  lOWeR  
MARGIN  PeOPle 
INTO  THe  WORkFORCe  MIx,  WHICH  
DRIVeS  DOWN  PRODUCTIVITY,  MARGIN,  AND  NeT  INCOMe.

This principle required us to be more disciplined in 2008, given the significant opportunities we 
saw  to  invest  in  new  bad­debt  portfolios.  We  must  always  balance  the  potential  to  profitably 
grow  our  business  with  the  ability  to  maintain  integrated  operations.  Our  owned­portfolio  
collectors  are  well  trained  and  generally  become  more  productive  as  their  tenure  with  
us increases. As a result, during periods of greater increases in new collector staff, we suffer 
depressed  productivity  and  compressed  margins.  This  trade­off  was  clearly  evident  during 
2007  as  we  opened  our  new  jackson,  Tennessee,  site  and  aggressively  filled  it  with  new 
employees.

We have seen many competitors implode as a result of hyper­growth, so this principle is one of 
which we never lose sight. During 2008, we increased our owned­portfolio collection staff by 
191 employees, or 18%. Although this was a large increase, we were able to raise the productivity 
of the new hires (along with that of our existing employees) by using improved scoring, port­
folio  segmentation,  and  account  strategy  design,  and  by  installing  a  significant  number  of  
predictive  dialer  seats.  As  opportunities  continue  to  present  themselves,  we  will  be  mindful  
to pursue them only to the extent that operational control and productivity do not suffer.

PORTFOLIO PURCHASE S BY YEAR  ($ in millions)

$300

250

200

150

100

50

0

’96

’97

’98

’99

’00

’01

’02

’03

’04

’05

’06

’07

’08

a96

a97

a98

a99

a00

a01

a02

a03

a04

a05

a06

a07

a08

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

14

MANAGeMeNT SHOUlD Be OWNeRS,  
NOT HIReD GUNS

8

We  ACT  lIke  OWNeRS  BeCAUSe  We  ARe.  OUR  SeNIOR 
MANAGeRS  HAVe  A  SIGNIFICANT  PORTION  OF  THeIR 
NeT  WORTH  INVeSTeD  IN  THe  COMPANY.  We  exPeCT  OUR 
SeNIOR  MANAGeRS  TO  ReTAIN  SUBSTANTIAl  STOCk 
OWNeRSHIP  POSITIONS—COMMON  STOCk,  NOT  jUST 
OPTIONS—THROUGHOUT THeIR TeRMS OF eMPlOYMeNT.

The four named executive officers of the Company and the Board of Directors were together 
net buyers of PRA common stock during the year, exercising options and covering the exercise 
cost and taxes out of pocket. The Board of Directors has established common stock ownership 
guidelines for itself and senior executives. All named executive officers own in excess of the 
prescribed guidelines.

PRA also has a strong bias towards having executives earn their pay—both cash and equity—
instead  of  simply  giving  it  to  them.  Since  2007  the  Board  of  Directors  has  required  that  the 
majority  of  executive  equity  awards  be  triggered  by  the  achievement  of  specific  operating  
goals that are meant to be challenges, not layups. This approach, combined with the difficult 
economic  environment,  appears  to  be  driving  the  2007  long­Term  Incentive  plan  to  a  zero  
payout, with similar prospects for the 2008 plan.

PRA  has  never  repriced  its  options  or  renegotiated  equity  incentives  due  to  deteriorating  
market  conditions.  We  simply  don’t  believe  in  it.  likewise,  we  avoid  executive  perks  of  any  
kind that are not also offered to every other employee. Private plane use, country club dues, 
housing  allowances,  tax  gross­ups,  financial  planning  services,  and  even  reserved  parking 
spaces are simply not part of the PRA benefit scheme. Instead, we seek to pay fair cash com­
pensation based upon market conditions and performance, and let the executive decide how to 
spend his or her own money. This supports our principle of thinking and acting like owners.

likewise, the management team has fair but not excessive employment contracts. The CeO’s 
base  salary  has  been  targeted  at  the  25th  percentile  of  peer  figures,  with  the  ability  to  earn 
median total cash compensation through bonus only if goals are achieved. PRA prefers to put 
a  large  portion  of  pay  at  risk  in  the  form  of  bonuses.  That  way,  good  performance  can  be 
rewarded, while substandard performance results in lower­than­average pay.

The  management  team  fully  supports  the  notion  that  change­of­control  severance  clauses 
should not exist at PRA. Shareholders should not have to pay off management that is no longer 
deemed valuable in the further operation of the Company. Simply being an incumbent should 
provide no right to a windfall. We are owners, but we are managing your company. We do not 
forget that for a moment.

15

9

DeVelOP AND   
SUPPORT eMPlOYeeS

PROVIDe  AND  SUPPORT  ONGOING  eMPlOYee  SkIll  DeVel­
OPMeNT  TO  HelP  CReATe  eVeR­INCReASING  le VelS  
OF  INDIVIDUAl  POTeNTIAl  WITH  HIGH  leVelS  OF  PeR­
FORMANCe  FOR  CONTINUING  PeRSONAl  AND  COMPANY 
GROWTH.

just as the down economy creates opportunities to purchase companies and bad debt portfo­
lios, so too does it enhance the likelihood of attracting exceptional employees. In 2008 we hired 
a number of executives, managers, analysts, and hourly employees whom it would have been 
difficult,  if  not  impossible  for  us  to  hire  in  better  times.  As  lenders  and  others  cut  back  or  
otherwise create uncertainty for their employees, we move in and acquire the very best talent 
we can find. Then we pay them right, treat them right, and watch them perform.

PRA believes in investing in its people. In difficult times, many companies are quick to slash 
their training budgets to improve their bottom line. We know that this is a temporary fix with 
disastrous long­term consequences, and have taken the opposite approach.

employees,  especially  those  who  have  phone  contact  with  customers,  will  only  achieve  their 
full potential if they are highly skilled and confident. Skill results from both natural ability and 
training,  and  confidence  comes  from  practice.  Our  new  collector  training  program  provides 
weeks of regulatory, negotiation, and system instruction. employees then graduate into a side­
by­side training phase, in which they practice collecting under close management supervision. 
They are then allocated to teams containing more seasoned associates who act as mentors. 
Finally,  these  employees  participate  in  advanced  collections  training  in  order  to  keep  their 
skills  fresh  throughout  their  careers.  With  over  1,200  collectors,  the  investment  we  make  in 
such skill development is not insignificant, but we believe that it provides PRA with a sustain­
able competitive advantage.

16

P o r t f o l i o   R e c o v e r y   A s s o c i a t e s,   I n c.

2 0 0 8   F i n a n c i a l   I n f o r m a t i o n

Safe Harbor Act

Certain statements in this annual report which are not historical, including statements of the Company’s Chairman, President and 
Chief  Executive  Officer,  in  his  letter  which  begins,  “Dear  Fellow  Shareholders,”  including,  without  limitation,  regarding  earnings, 
financial results, the outlook for the economy, management’s intentions, beliefs and expectations, growth opportunities, business 
prospects,  projections,  plans  or  predictions  of  the  future,  and  other  similar  matters,  are  forward-looking  statements  within  the 
meaning of Section 21(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Such statements are not statements of historical fact. Forward-
looking statements involve assumptions, uncertainties and risks, some of which are not currently known to us, which could cause 
the  Company’s  results  to  differ  materially  from  its  management’s  current  expectations.  Actual  events  or  results  may  differ  from 
those expressed or implied in any such forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, many of which are beyond our 
control, which could affect our operations, performance, business strategy and results, and could cause our experience to differ 
materially from the expectations and objectives expressed in any forward-looking statements. These factors include, but are not 
limited  to,  the  factors,  risks  and  uncertainties  that  are  described  from  time  to  time  in  the  company’s  filings  with  the  Securities  
and  Exchange  Commission,  including  but  not  limited  to,  its  Annual  Reports  on  Form  10-K,  its  Quarterly  Reports  on  Form  10-Q  
and  its  Current  Reports  on  Form  8-K,  which  contain  more  detailed  discussions  of  the  company’s  business,  including  risks  and 
uncertainties that may affect our future.

Due to such uncertainties and risks, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which 
speak only as of the dates on which they are made. The content of this Annual Report includes time-sensitive information, and is 
accurate as of the date hereof, April 20, 2009. The company expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any 
updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained herein, any changes in the company’s expectations with regard 
thereto, or the impact of circumstances, events or conditions that may arise after the dates such statements are made. The reader 
should, however, consult any further disclosures we may make in future Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 
10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, which we may file after the date hereof.

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
FORM 10-K 

   X    

ANNUAL  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13  OR  15(d)  OF  THE  SECURITIES  EXCHANGE  ACT  OF 
1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT  TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT 
OF 1934 

For the transition period from ______ to __________ 

Commission File Number:  000-50058 

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
 (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 

(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 

120 Corporate Boulevard, Norfolk, Virginia 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

75-3078675 
(I.R.S.  Employer 
Identification No.) 

23502 
 (Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:  (888) 772-7326 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:   
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share 
(Title of Class) 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the 

Securities Act.                                                YES  (cid:133)     NO (cid:59)        

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15 (d) 

of the Act.  

   YES  (cid:133)      NO (cid:59) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 
15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that 
the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 
    YES (cid:59)      NO (cid:133)       
90 days. 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not 

contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or 
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment of this Form 
10-K. ___        
       Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  or  a  non-
accelerated filer.  See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange 
Act.     Large accelerated filer (cid:59) Accelerated filer (cid:133) Non-accelerated filer (cid:133) Smaller reporting company (cid:133). 

 Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  shell  company  (as  defined  in  Rule  12b-2  of  the  Exchange 
Act).  

The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2008 

was $556,412,722 based on the $37.50 closing price as reported on the NASDAQ Global Stock Market. 

       YES (cid:133)      NO (cid:59) 

The number of shares of the registrant’s Common Stock outstanding as of February 20, 2009 was 

15,332,615. 

Documents incorporated by reference: Portions of the Proxy Statement to be filed by approximately April 
22, 2009 for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Items 11, 12 and 13 of 
Part III of this Form 10-K. 

1 

 
 
 
 
         
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
Table of Contents 

Part I 
Item 1.  Business 
Item 1A.  Risk Factors 
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments 
Item 2.   Properties  
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings 
Item 4. 

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Securityholders 

Part II 
Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters 

and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   
Selected Financial Data 

Item 6. 
Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results  

of Operations 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk  
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and  

Financial Disclosure   

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 
Item 9B.  Other Information 

Part III 
Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant 
Item 11.  Executive Compensation 
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and 

Related Stockholder Matters 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions   
Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Part IV 
Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

Signatures  
Exhibit List 

  4 
18 
26 
27 
27 
27 

28 
30 

32 
50 
51 

80 
80 
80 

81 
83 

83 
83 
84 

85 

87 

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cautionary  Statements  Pursuant  to  Safe  Harbor  Provisions  of  the  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform 
Act of 1995: 

This  report  contains  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  federal  securities  laws.  These 
forward-looking statements involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions that, if they never materialize or prove 
incorrect, could cause our results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking 
statements.  All  statements,  other  than  statements  of  historical  fact,  are  forward-looking  statements,  including 
statements  regarding  overall  trends,  operating  cost  trends,  liquidity  and  capital  needs  and  other  statements  of 
expectations, beliefs, future plans and strategies, anticipated events or trends, and similar expressions concerning 
matters that are not historical facts.  The risks, uncertainties and assumptions referred to above may include, but 
are not limited to, the following: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

continued deterioration of the economic environment including the stability of the financial system; 

our ability to purchase defaulted consumer receivables at appropriate prices; 

changes in the business practices of credit originators in terms of selling defaulted consumer receivables 
or outsourcing defaulted consumer receivables to third-party contingent fee collection agencies; 

changes in government regulations that affect our ability to collect sufficient amounts on our acquired or                     
serviced receivables; 

changes in or interpretation of tax laws; 

deterioration in economic conditions in the United States that may have an adverse effect on the our 
collections,  results of operations, revenue and stock price; 

changes in bankruptcy or collection agency laws that could negatively affect our business; 

our ability to employ and retain qualified employees, especially collection personnel; 

our work force could become unionized in the future, which could adversely affect the stability of our 
production and increase our costs; 

changes in the credit or capital markets, which affect our ability to borrow money or raise capital to 
purchase or service defaulted consumer receivables; 

the degree and nature of our competition; 

our ability to comply with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and 
regulations promulgated thereunder; 

our ability to retain existing clients and obtain new clients for our fee-for-service businesses; 

the sufficiency of our funds generated from operations, existing cash and available borrowings to 
finance   our current operations; and  

the risk factors listed from time to time in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the 
“SEC”). 

You should assume that the information appearing in this annual report is accurate only as of the date it was 

issued. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date. 

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
For a discussion of the risks, uncertainties and assumptions that could affect our future events, developments 
or results, you should carefully review the “ Risk Factors” section beginning on page 18, as well as “Business” 
section beginning on page 4 and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results 
of Operations” section beginning on page 32. 

  Our  forward-looking  statements  could  be  wrong  in  light  of  these  and  other  risks,  uncertainties  and 
assumptions. The future events, developments or results described in this report could turn out to be materially 
different. We have no obligation to publicly update or revise our forward-looking statements after the date of this 
annual report and you should not expect us to do so. 

  Investors should also be aware that while we do, from time to time, communicate with securities analysts 
and  others,  we  do  not,  by  policy,  selectively  disclose  to  them  any  material  nonpublic  information  or  other 
confidential  commercial  information.  Accordingly,  stockholders  should  not  assume  that  we  agree  with  any 
statement  or  report  issued  by  any  analyst  regardless  of  the  content  of  the  statement  or  report.  We  do  not,  by 
policy,  confirm  forecasts  or  projections  issued  by  others.  Thus,  to  the  extent  that  reports  issued  by  securities 
analysts contain any projections, forecasts or opinions, such reports are not our responsibility. 

Item 1.  Business. 

General 

PART I 

We  are  a  full-service  provider  of  outsourced  receivables  management  and  related  services.    Our  primary 
business is the purchase, collection and management of portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables. These are 
the unpaid obligations of individuals to credit originators, which include banks, credit unions, consumer and auto 
finance  companies  and  retail  merchants.  We  also  provide  a  broad  range  of  contingent  and  fee-based  services, 
including collateral-location services for credit originators via PRA Location Services, LLC (“IGS”) and revenue 
administration,  audit  and  debt  discovery/recovery  services  for  government  entities  through  PRA  Government 
Services, LLC (“RDS”) and MuniServices, LLC (“MuniServices”).  We believe that the strengths of our business 
are our sophisticated approach to portfolio pricing and servicing, our emphasis on developing and retaining our 
collection personnel, our sophisticated collections systems and procedures and our relationships with many of the 
largest  consumer  lenders  in  the  United  States.  Our  proven  ability  to  service  defaulted  consumer  receivables 
allows us to offer debt owners a complete outsourced solution to address their defaulted consumer receivables. 
The  defaulted  consumer  receivables  we  collect  are  purchased  from  sellers  of  defaulted  consumer  debt.    We 
intend  to  continue  to  build  on  our  strengths  and  grow  our  business  through  the  disciplined  approach  that  has 
contributed to our success to date. 

We  use  the  following  terminology  throughout  our  reports:  “Cash  Receipts”  refers  to  collections  on  our 
owned portfolios together with commission income and sales of finance receivables.  “Cash Collections” refers 
to collections on our owned portfolios only, exclusive of commission income and sales of finance receivables.  
“Amortization  Rate”  refers  to  cash  collections  applied  to  principal  as  a  percentage  of  total  cash  collections. 
“Income  Recognized  on  Finance Receivables”  refers  to  income  derived from our owned debt portfolios and is 
shown  net  of  valuation  allowances.    “Cash  Sales  of  Finance  Receivables”  refers  to  the  sales  of  our  owned 
portfolios.    “Commissions”  refers  to  fee  income  generated  from  our  wholly-owned  contingent  fee  and  fee-for-
service subsidiaries.   

We  specialize  in  receivables  that  have  been  charged-off  by  the  credit  originator.  Because  the  credit 
originator and/or other debt servicing companies have unsuccessfully attempted to collect these receivables, we 
are  able  to  purchase  them  at  a  substantial  discount  to  their  face  value.  From  our  1996  inception  through 
December 31, 2008, we acquired 1,290 portfolios with a face value of $39.9 billion for $1.1 billion, representing 
more  than  19.1  million  customer  accounts.    The  success  of  our  business  depends  on  our  ability  to  purchase 
portfolios  of  defaulted  consumer  receivables  at  appropriate  valuations  and  to  collect  on  those  receivables 
effectively and efficiently. Since inception, we have been able to collect at an average rate of 2.5 to 3.0 times our 
purchase  price  for  defaulted  consumer  receivables  portfolios,  as  measured  over  a  five  to  twelve  year  period, 
which has enabled us to generate increasing profits and positive operational cash flow. 

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  have  achieved  strong  financial  results  since  our  formation,  with  cash  collections  growing  from  $10.9 
million in 1998 to $326.7 million in 2008. Total revenue has grown from $6.8 million in 1998 to $263.3 million 
in 2008, a compound annual growth rate of 44%.  Similarly, pro forma net income has grown from $402,000 in 
1998 to net income of $45.4 million in 2008.   

We were initially formed as Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, on 
March  20,  1996.    Prior  to  the  formation  of  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.,  members  of  our  current 
management  team  played  key  roles  in  the  development  of  a  defaulted  consumer  receivables  acquisition  and 
divestiture operation for Household Recovery Services, a subsidiary of Household International, now owned by 
HSBC.  In connection with our 2002 initial public offering (our “IPO”), all of the membership units of Portfolio 
Recovery  Associates,  L.L.C.  were  exchanged,  simultaneously  with  the  effectiveness  of  our  registration 
statement,  for  a  single  class  of  the  common  stock  of  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.,  a  new  Delaware 
corporation  formed  on  August  7,  2002.    Accordingly,  the  members  of  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  L.L.C. 
became the common stockholders of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc., which became the parent company of 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. and its subsidiaries. 

The Company maintains an Internet website at the following address: www.portfoliorecovery.com. 

We  make  available  on  or  through  our  website  certain  reports  that  we  file  with  or  furnish  to  the  SEC  in 
accordance  with  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934.  These  include  our  annual  reports  on  Form  10-K,  our 
quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and our current reports on Form 8-K. We make this information available on our 
website  free  of  charge  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  we  electronically  file  the  information  with  or 
furnish  it  to  the  SEC.    The  information  that  is  filed  with  the  SEC  may  be  read  or  copied  at  the  SEC’s  Public 
Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549.  In addition, information on the operation of the 
Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.  The SEC maintains an Internet 
site  that  contains  reports,  proxy  and  information  statements  and  other  information  regarding  issuers  that  file 
electronically with the SEC at: www.sec.gov.  

Reports filed with or furnished to the SEC are also available free of charge upon request by contacting our 

corporate office at: 

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Attn: Investor Relations 
120 Corporate Boulevard, Suite 100 
Norfolk, Virginia 23502 

Competitive Strengths 

Complete Outsourced Solution for Debt Owners 

We  offer  debt  owners  a  complete  outsourced  solution  to  address  their  defaulted  consumer  receivables.  
Depending  on  a  debt  owner’s  timing  and  needs,  we  can  either  purchase  their  defaulted  consumer  receivables, 
providing immediate cash, or locate collateral on their behalf for either a fee-for-service or a success fee. We can 
purchase receivables throughout the entire delinquency cycle, from receivables that have only been processed for 
collection  internally  by  the  debt  owner  to  receivables  that  have  been  subject  to  multiple  internal  and  external 
collection  efforts.  This  flexibility  helps  us  meet  the  needs  of  debt  owners  and  allows  us  to  become  a  trusted 
resource. Furthermore, our strength across multiple transaction and asset types provides the opportunity to cross-
sell  our  services  to  debt  owners,  building  on  successful  engagements.    Through  our  RDS  and  MuniServices 
businesses, we have the ability to provide these services to local and state governments. 

Disciplined and Proprietary Underwriting Process 

One of the key components of our growth has been our ability to price portfolio acquisitions at levels that 
have generated profitable returns on investment. Since inception, we have been able to collect at an average rate 
of 2.5 to 3.0 times our purchase price for defaulted consumer receivables portfolios, as measured over a five to 
twelve  year  period,  which  has  enabled  us  to  generate  increasing  profits  and  operational  cash  flow.  In  order  to 
price  portfolios  and  forecast  the  targeted  collection  results  for  a  portfolio,  we  use  two  separate  internally 

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
developed  statistical  models  and  one  externally  developed  model,  which  we  may  supplement  with  on-site  due 
diligence  and  data  obtained  from  the  debt  owner’s  collection  process  and  loan  files.  One  model  analyzes  the 
portfolio  as  one  unit  based  on  demographic  comparisons,  while  the  second  and  external  models  analyze  each 
account  in  a  portfolio  using  variables in a regression analysis.  As we collect on our portfolios, the results are 
input back into the models in an ongoing process which we believe increases their accuracy. Through December 
31, 2008, we have acquired 1,290 portfolios with a face value of $39.9 billion. 

Ability to Hire, Develop and Retain Productive Collectors 

We place considerable focus on our ability to hire, develop and retain effective collectors who are key to our 
continued  growth  and  profitability.  Several  large  military  bases  and  numerous  telemarketing,  customer  service 
and reservation phone centers are located near our headquarters and regional offices in Virginia, providing access 
to  a  large  pool  of  eligible  personnel.  The  Hutchinson,  Kansas,  Las  Vegas,  Nevada,  Birmingham,  Alabama, 
Jackson, Tennessee, Houston, Texas and Fresno, California areas also provide a sufficient potential workforce of 
eligible  personnel.    We  have  found that tenure is a primary driver of our collector effectiveness. We offer our 
collectors  a  competitive  wage  with  the  opportunity  to  receive  unlimited  incentive  compensation  based  on 
performance,  as  well  as  an  attractive  benefits  package,  a  comfortable  working  environment  and  the  ability  to 
work on a flexible schedule.  Stock options were awarded to many of our collectors at the time of our IPO, and 
many  tenured  collectors  were  awarded  nonvested  shares  in  2004,  2005  and  2006.    We  have  a  comprehensive 
training program for new owned portfolio collectors and provide continuing advanced training classes which are 
conducted  in  our  four  training  centers.    Recognizing  the  demands  of  the  job,  our  management  team  has 
endeavored to create a professional and supportive environment for all of our employees. 

Established Systems and Infrastructure 

We  have  devoted  significant  effort  to  developing  our  systems,  including  statistical  models,  databases  and 
reporting packages, to optimize our portfolio purchases and collection efforts.  In addition, we believe that our 
technology infrastructure is flexible, secure, reliable and redundant, to ensure the protection of our sensitive data 
and  to  mitigate  exposure  to  systems  failure  or  unauthorized  access.    We  believe  that  our  systems  and 
infrastructure  give  us  meaningful  advantages  over  our  competitors.    We  have  developed  financial  models  and 
systems  for  pricing  portfolio  acquisitions,  managing  the  collections  process  and  monitoring  operating  results.  
We  perform  a  static  pool  analysis  monthly  on  each  of  our  portfolios,  inputting  actual  results  back  into  our 
acquisition models, to enhance their accuracy.  We monitor collection results continuously, seeking to identify 
and resolve negative trends immediately.  Our comprehensive management reporting package is designed to fully 
inform our management team so that they may make timely operating decisions.  This combination of hardware, 
software and proprietary modeling and systems has been developed by our management team through years of 
experience  in  this  industry  and  we  believe  provides  us  with  an  important  competitive  advantage  from  the 
acquisition process all the way through collection operations. 

Strong Relationships with Major Credit Originators 

We  have  done  business  with  most  of  the  top  consumer  lenders  in  the  United  States.    We  maintain  an 
extensive  marketing  effort  and  our  senior  management  team  is  in  contact  on  a  regular  basis  with  known  and 
prospective credit originators.  We believe that we have earned a reputation as a reliable purchaser of defaulted 
consumer receivables portfolios and as responsible collectors.  Furthermore, from the perspective of the selling 
credit originator, the failure to close on a negotiated sale of a portfolio consumes valuable time and expense and 
can have an adverse effect on pricing when the portfolio is re-marketed.  We have never been unable to close on 
a transaction. Similarly, if a credit originator sells a portfolio to a debt buyer which has a reputation for violating 
industry standard collecting practices, it can taint the reputation of the credit originator.  We go to great lengths 
to collect from consumers in a responsible, professional and legally compliant manner.  We believe our strong 
relationships with major credit originators provide us with access to quality opportunities for portfolio purchases. 

Experienced Management Team 

We  have  an  experienced  management  team  with  considerable  expertise  in  the  accounts  receivable 
management  industry.    Prior  to  our  formation,  our  founders  played  key  roles  in  the  development  and 
management of a consumer receivables acquisition and divestiture operation of Household Recovery Services, a 

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
subsidiary of Household International, now owned by HSBC.  As we have grown, the original management team 
has been expanded to include a group of experienced, seasoned executives. 

Portfolio Acquisitions 

Our portfolio of defaulted consumer receivables includes a diverse set of accounts that can be categorized by 
asset  type,  age  and  size  of  account,  level  of  previous  collection  efforts  and  geography.    To  identify  attractive 
buying opportunities, we maintain an extensive marketing effort with our senior officers contacting known and 
prospective  sellers  of  defaulted  consumer  receivables.    We  acquire  receivables  of  Visa®,  MasterCard®  and 
Discover® credit cards, private label credit cards, installment loans, lines of credit, bankrupt accounts, deficiency 
balances  of  various  types,  legal  judgments,  and  trade  payables,  all  from  a  variety  of  debt  owners.    These  debt 
owners include major banks, credit unions, consumer finance companies, telecommunication providers, retailers, 
utilities,  insurance  companies,  medical  groups/hospitals,  other  debt  buyers  and  auto  finance  companies.    In 
addition, we exhibit at trade shows, advertise in a variety of trade publications and attend industry events in an 
effort to develop account purchase opportunities.  We also maintain active relationships with brokers of defaulted 
consumer receivables.   

The  following  chart  categorizes  our  life  to  date  owned  portfolios  as  of December 31, 2008 into the major 

asset types represented (amounts in thousands):   

Asset Type
Visa/MasterCard/Discover
Consumer Finance
Private Label Credit Cards
Auto Deficiency

Total:

No. of Accounts
                      10,954 
                        4,955 
                        2,681 
                           484 

19,074

%
57.4%
26.0%
14.1%
2.5%
100.0%

Life to Date Purchased Face 
Value of Defaulted 
Consumer Receivables⁽¹⁾
$                           29,197,790 
4,324,737 
3,347,550 
3,051,001 

$                            

39,921,078

%
73.2%
10.8%
8.4%
7.6%
100.0%

(1)

The  “Life  to  Date  Purchased  Face  Value  of  Defaulted  Consumer  Receivables”  represents  the  original  face
amount  purchased  from  sellers  and  has  not  been  decremented  by  any  adjustments  including  payments  and 
buybacks (“buybacks” are defined as purchase price refunded by the seller due to the return of non-compliant 
accounts).  

We have done business with most of the largest consumer lenders in the United States.  Since our formation, 

we have purchased accounts from approximately 150 debt owners.   

We  have  acquired  portfolios  at  various  price  levels,  depending  on  the  age  of  the  portfolio,  its  geographic 
distribution, our historical experience with a certain asset type or credit originator and similar factors.  A typical 
defaulted  consumer  receivables  portfolio  ranges  from  $1  million  to  $150  million  in  face  value  and  contains 
defaulted  consumer  receivables  from  diverse  geographic  locations  with  average  initial  individual  account 
balances of $400 to $7,000. 

The age of a defaulted consumer receivables portfolio (the time since an account has been charged-off) is an 
important factor in determining the price at which we will purchase a receivables portfolio. Generally, there is an 
inverse relationship between the age of a portfolio and the price at which we will purchase the portfolio.  This 
relationship  is  due  to  the  fact  that  older  receivables  typically  are  more  difficult  to  collect.    The  accounts 
receivables  management  industry  places  receivables  into  categories  depending  on  the  number  of  collection 
agencies that have previously attempted to collect on the receivables.  Fresh accounts are typically past due 120 
to  270  days  and  charged-off  by  the  credit  originator,  that  are  either  being  sold  prior  to  any  post-charge-off 
collection activity or are placed with a third-party for the first time.  These accounts typically sell for the highest 
purchase price.  Primary accounts are typically 360 to 450 days past due and charged-off, have been previously 
placed with one contingent fee servicer and receive a lower purchase price.  Secondary and tertiary accounts are 
typically  more  than  660  days  past  due  and  charged-off,  have  been  placed  with  two  or  three  contingent  fee 
servicers and receive even lower purchase prices.  We also purchase accounts previously worked by four or more 
agencies and these are typically 1,260 days or more past due and receive an even lower price.  In addition, we 
purchase accounts that are included in consumer bankruptcies.  These bankrupt accounts are typically filed under 

7

 
 
 
 
                     
 
  
 
Chapter 13 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and have an associated payment plan that can range from 3 to 5 years.  
We purchase bankrupt accounts in both forward flow and spot transactions and consequently, they can be at any 
age in the bankruptcy plan life cycle. 

As shown in the following chart, as of December 31, 2008, we purchase accounts at any point in the 

delinquency cycle (amounts in thousands): 

Account Type

No. of Accounts

%

Life to Date Purchased Face 
Value of Defaulted 
Consumer Receivables⁽¹⁾

Fresh

Primary

Secondary

Tertiary

BK Trustees
Other

Total:

                          783 

4.1%  $                             2,897,585 

                       2,396 

12.6%                                 4,086,581 

                       3,272 

17.2%                                 5,039,470 

                       3,672 

19.3%                                 4,633,690 

                       2,053 

10.7%                                 8,631,036 

                       6,898 

36.1%                               14,632,716 

%

7.3%

10.2%

12.6%

11.6%

21.6%

36.7%

19,074

100.0%

$                           

39,921,078

100.0%

(1)  The  “Life  to  Date  Purchased  Face  Value  of  Defaulted  Consumer  Receivables”  represents  the  original 
face  amount  purchased  from  sellers  and  has  not  been  decremented  by  any  adjustments  including 
payments and buybacks. 

We also review the geographic distribution of accounts within a portfolio because we have found that certain 
states  have  more  debtor-friendly  laws  than  others  and,  therefore,  are  less  desirable  from  a  collectibility 
perspective.    In  addition,  economic  factors  and  bankruptcy  trends  vary  regionally  and  are  factored  into  our 
maximum purchase price equation.  

The  following  chart  sets  forth  our  overall  life  to  date  portfolio  of  defaulted  consumer  receivables 

geographically as of December 31, 2008 (amounts in thousands): 

Geographic Distribution
Texas
California
Florida
New York
Pennsylvania
North Carolina
Illinois
Ohio
Georgia
New Jersey
Michigan
Virginia
Massachusetts
Tennessee
South Carolina
Arizona
Other (3)

No. of 
Accounts
                3,321 
                1,838 
                1,446 
                1,144 
                   658 
                   660 
                   763 
                   639 
                   576 
                   445 
                   487 
                   504 
                   352 
                   387 
                   338 
                   291 

Life to Date Purchased 
Face Value of 
Defaulted Consumer 
Receivables (1)
 $                   5,042,635 
4,745,725 
3,834,238 
2,686,008 
1,591,432 
1,399,197 
1,354,505 
1,331,921 
1,254,007 
1,213,562 
1,005,867 
835,264 
824,884 
821,304 
755,429 
736,685 

%

17%
10%
8%
6%
3%
3%
4%
3%
3%
2%
3%
3%
2%
2%
2%
2%

Original Purchase Price of 
Defaulted Consumer 
Receivables (2)
 $                            113,280 
110,357 
90,289 
69,125 
46,224 
37,896 
41,385 
44,583 
41,698 
31,934 
33,127 
24,947 
21,500 
27,617 
20,246 
17,268 

%
13%
12%
10%
7%
4%
4%
3%
3%
3%
3%
3%
2%
2%
2%
2%
2%

%
11%
10%
8%
6%
4%
4%
4%
4%
4%
3%
3%
2%
2%
3%
2%
2%

Total:

                5,225 

28%
100%  
(1)   The “Life to Date Purchased Face Value of Defaulted Consumer Receivables” represents the original face 
amount purchased from sellers and has not been decremented by any adjustments including payments and 
buybacks. 

10,488,415 
39,921,078

$                         

25%
100%

27%
100%

$                 

1,071,963

300,487 

19,074

(2)  The  “Original  Purchase  Price  of  Defaulted  Consumer  Receivables”  represents  the  cash  paid  to  sellers  to 

acquire portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables. 

(3)  Each  state  included  in  "Other"  represents  less  than  2%  of  the  face  value  of  total  defaulted  consumer 

receivables. 

8

 
 
 
                    
 
 
 
             
 
 
Purchasing Process 

We  acquire  portfolios  from  debt  owners  through  auctions  and  negotiated  sales.  In  an  auction  process,  the 
seller  will  assemble  a  portfolio  of  receivables  and  will  either  broadly  offer  the  portfolio  to  the  market  or  seek 
purchase  prices  from  specifically  invited  potential  purchasers.    In  a  privately  negotiated  sale  process,  the  debt 
owner  will  contact  known,  reputable  purchasers  directly,  take  bids  and  negotiate  the  terms  of  sale.    We  also 
acquire  accounts  in  forward  flow  contracts.  Under  a  forward  flow  contract,  we  agree  to  purchase  defaulted 
consumer receivables from a debt owner on a periodic basis, at a set percentage of face value of the receivables 
over  a  specified  time  period.    These  agreements  typically  have  a  provision  requiring  that  the  attributes  of  the 
receivables to be sold will not significantly change each month and that the debt owner efforts to collect these 
receivables will not change.  If this provision is not adhered to, the contract will allow for the early termination of 
the  forward  flow  contract  by  the  purchaser  or  call  for  a  price  renegotiation.    Forward  flow  contracts  are  a 
consistent source of defaulted consumer receivables for accounts receivables management providers and provide 
the debt owner with a reliable source of revenue and a professional resolution of defaulted consumer receivables. 

In a typical sale transaction, a debt owner distributes a computer data file containing ten to fifteen basic data 
fields on each receivables account in the portfolio offered for sale.  Such fields typically include the consumer's 
name, address, outstanding balance, date of charge-off, date of last payment and the date the account was opened. 
We  perform  our  initial  due  diligence  on  the  portfolio  by  electronically  cross-checking  the  data  fields  on  the 
computer disk or data tape against the accounts in our owned portfolios and against national demographic and 
credit  databases.    We  compile  a  variety  of  portfolio  level  reports  examining  all  demographic  data  available.  
When  valuing  pools  of  bankrupt  consumer  receivables,  we  seek  to  access  information  on  the  status  of  each 
account’s bankruptcy case. 

In  order  to  determine  a  purchase  price  for  a  portfolio,  we  use  two  separate  internally  developed  computer 
models and one externally developed model, which we may supplement with on-site due diligence of the seller’s 
collection  operation  and/or  a  review  of  their  loan  origination  files,  collection  notes  and  work  processes.    We 
analyze  the  portfolio  using  our  proprietary  multiple  regression  model,  which  analyzes  each  account  of  the 
portfolio  using  variables  in  the  regression  model.    In  addition,  we  analyze  the  portfolio  as  a  whole  using  an 
adjustment model, which uses an appropriate cash flow model depending upon whether it is a purchase of fresh, 
primary, secondary or tertiary accounts.  Then, adjustments can be made to the cash flow model to compensate 
for demographic attributes supported by a detailed analysis of demographic data.  Finally, we use a model that 
creates statistically similar portfolios from our existing accounts and develops collection curves for them that are 
used in our price modeling.  From these models we derive our quantitative purchasing analysis which is used to 
help  price  transactions.    The  multiple  regression  model  is  also  used  to  prioritize  collection  work  efforts 
subsequent to purchase.  With respect to prospective forward flow contracts and other long-term relationships, in 
addition to the procedures outlined above, as we receive new flows under the aforementioned contract we may 
obtain a representative test portfolio to evaluate and compare the performance of the portfolio to the projections 
we  developed  in  our  purchasing  analysis.    In  addition,  when  purchasing  bankrupt  consumer  receivables,  we 
utilize a specifically designed pricing model. 

Our due diligence and portfolio review results in a comprehensive analysis of the proposed portfolio.  This 
analysis  compares  defaulted  consumer  receivables  in  the  prospective  portfolio  with  our  collection  history  in 
similar  portfolios.    We  then  use  our  multiple  regression  model  to  value  each  account.    Finally,  we  use  the 
statistically  similar  portfolio  analysis  model  to  refine  our  curves.    Using  the  three  valuation  approaches,  we 
determine cash collections over the life of the portfolio.  We then summarize all anticipated cash collections and 
associated direct expenses and project a collectibility value expressed both in dollars and liquidation percentage 
and a detailed expense projection over the portfolio's estimated six to ten year economic life.  We use the total 
projected collectibility value and expenses to determine an appropriate purchase price. 

We  maintain  a  detailed  static  pool  analysis  on  each  portfolio  that  we  have  acquired,  capturing  all 
demographic data and revenue and expense items for further analysis.  We use the static pool analysis to refine 
the underwriting models that we use to price future portfolio purchases.  The results of the static pool analysis are 
input back into our models, increasing the accuracy of the models as the data set increases with every portfolio 
purchase and each day's collection efforts. 

9

 
 
 
The quantitative and qualitative data derived in our due diligence is evaluated together with our knowledge 
of the current defaulted consumer receivables market and any subjective factors about the portfolio or the debt 
owner of which management may be aware.  A portfolio acquisition approval memorandum is prepared for each 
prospective portfolio before a purchase price is submitted to the debt owner.  This approval memorandum, which 
outlines  the  portfolio's  anticipated  collectibility  and  purchase  structure,  is  distributed  to  members  of  our 
Investment Committee.  The approval by the Committee sets a maximum purchase price for the portfolio.  The 
Investment  Committee  is  currently  comprised  of  Steve  Fredrickson,  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer, 
Kevin Stevenson, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial and Administrative Officer, Craig Grube, Executive 
Vice President – Acquisitions, Mike Petit, President, Bankruptcy Services and Neal Stern, Senior Vice President 
and Chief Operating Officer – Owned Portfolios.  Due to travel arrangements, alternates can be named from time 
to time. 

Once a portfolio purchase has been approved by our investment committee and the terms of the sale have 
been agreed to with the debt owner, the acquisition is documented in an agreement that contains customary terms 
and  conditions.    Provisions  are  typically  incorporated  for  bankrupt,  disputed,  fraudulent  or  deceased  accounts 
and  typically,  the  debt  owner  either  agrees  to  repurchase  these  accounts  or  replace  them  with  acceptable 
replacement accounts within certain time frames. 

Owned Collection Operations 

Our work flow management system places, recalls and prioritizes accounts in collectors' work queues, based 
on our analyses of our accounts and other demographic, credit and prior work collection attributes.  We use this 
process to focus our work effort on those consumers most likely to pay on their accounts and to rotate to other 
collectors the non-paying but most likely to pay accounts from which other collectors have been unsuccessful in 
receiving payment.  The majority of our collections occur as a result of telephone contact with consumers. 

The collectability forecast for a newly acquired portfolio will help determine our initial collection strategy.  
Accounts which are determined to have the highest predicted collection probability may be sent immediately to 
collectors'  work  queues.   Less  collectible  accounts  may  be  set  aside  as  house  accounts  to  be  collected  using  a 
predictive dialer or another passive, low cost method.  After owning an account for a month we begin reassessing 
the collectability on a daily basis based on a set of observed account behaviors.  Some accounts may be worked 
using a letter and/or settlement strategy.  We may obtain credit reports for various accounts after the collection 
process begins.   

Our  computer  system  allows  each  collector  to  view  all  the  scanned  documents  relating  to  the  consumer's 
account, which can include the original account application and payment checks.  A typical collector work queue 
may include 650 to 1,000 accounts or more, depending on the skill level and tenure of the collector.  The work 
queue is depleted and replenished automatically by our computerized work flow system. 

On  the  initial  contact  call,  the  consumer  is  given  a  standardized  presentation  regarding  the  benefits  of 
resolving his or her account with us.  Emphasis is placed on determining the reason for the consumer's default in 
order to better assess the consumer's situation and create a plan for repayment.  The collector is incentivized to 
have the consumer pay the full balance of the account.  If the collector cannot obtain payment of the full balance, 
the collector will suggest a repayment plan which generally includes an approximate 20% down payment with 
the balance to be repaid over an agreed upon period. At times, when determined to be appropriate, and in many 
cases with management approval, a reduced lump-sum settlement may be agreed upon.  If the consumer elects to 
utilize an installment plan, we have developed a system which enables us to make withdrawals from a consumer's 
bank account, in accordance with the directions of the customer.   

If  a  collector  is  unable  to  establish  contact  with  a  consumer  based  on  information  received,  the  collector 
must undertake skip tracing procedures to develop important account information.  Skip tracing is the process of 
developing  new  phone,  address,  job  or  asset  information  on  a  consumer,  or  verifying  the  accuracy  of  such 
information.  Each collector does his or her own skip tracing using a number of computer applications available 
at his or her workstation, as well as a series of automated skip tracing procedures implemented by us on a regular 
basis. 

10

 
 
 
 
 
Accounts for which the consumer has the likely ability, but not the willingness, to resolve their obligations 
are reviewed for legal action.  Depending on the balance of the defaulted consumer receivable and the applicable 
state collection laws, we determine whether to commence legal action to judicially collect on the receivable.  The 
legal process can take an extended period of time, but it also generates cash collections that likely would not have 
been realized otherwise. 

During  2004,  we  began  using  a  combination  of  internal  staff  (attorney  and  support),  as  well  as  external 
attorneys, to pursue legal collections in certain states and under certain circumstances.  This has grown to over 40 
states, utilizing the lower courts, in which we initiate law suits in amounts up to the jurisdictional limits of the 
respective  courts.  This  distribution  channel  allows  us  to  work  accounts  that  we  would  not  normally  pursue 
through  the  use  of  contingent  fee  collection  attorneys  because  of  cost.    Our  legal  recovery  department  also 
collects claims against estates in cases involving deceased debtors having assets at the time of death.  Our legal 
recovery  department  oversees  our  internal  legal  collections  and  coordinates  an  independent  nationwide 
collections attorney network which is responsible for the preparation and filing of judicial collection proceedings 
in  multiple  jurisdictions,  determining  the  suit  criteria,  coordinating  sales  of  property  and  instituting  wage 
garnishments to satisfy judgments.  This network consists of approximately 50 independent law firms who work 
on a flat fee or contingent fee basis.  Legal cash collections generated by both our in house attorneys and outside 
independent  contingent  fee  attorneys  constituted  approximately  28%  of our  total  cash  collections  in  2008.    As 
our portfolio matures, a larger number of accounts will be directed to our legal recovery department for judicial 
collection;  consequently,  we  anticipate  that  legal  cash  collections  will  grow  commensurately  and  comprise  a 
larger percentage of our total cash collections.   

Our bankruptcy department manages consumer filings under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code on debtor accounts 
derived  from  three  sources;  1)  the  company’s  purchased  pools  of  charged  off  and  delinquent  accounts,  2)  our 
purchased pools of bankrupt accounts, and 3) our third party servicing client relationships.  On company owned 
accounts,  we  file  proofs  of  claim  (“POCs”)  or  claim  transfers  and  actively  manage  these  accounts  through  the 
entire life cycle of the bankruptcy proceeding in order to substantiate our claims and ensure that we participate in 
any  distributions  to  creditors.   On  accounts  managed  under a  third  party  relationship,  we  work  on either a full 
service contingency fee basis or a menu style fee for service basis.   

We developed our proprietary Bankruptcy Management System (“BMS”) as a secure and highly automated 
platform for providing bankruptcy notification services, filing POCs and claim transfers, managing documents, 
administering  our  case  load,  posting  and  reconciling  payments  and  providing  customized  reports.    BMS  is  a 
robust system designed to manage claims processing and case management in a high volume environment.  The 
system  is  highly  flexible  and  its  capacity  is  easily  expanded.    Daily  processing  volumes  are  managed  to  meet 
individual  bar  dates  associated  with  each  bankruptcy  case  and  specific  client  turnaround  times.    BMS  and  its 
underlying business rules were developed with emphasis first on minimizing risks through strict compliance to 
the bankruptcy code, then on maximizing recoveries from automated claim filing and case administration.   

Each of our employees goes through an entry level training program to familiarize them with BMS and the 
bankruptcy  process,  including  a  general  overview  of  how  we  interact  with  the  courts,  debtor’s  attorneys  and 
trustees.    We  also  use  a  tiered  process  of  cross  training  designed  to  familiarize  advancing  employees  with  a 
variety of operational assignments and analytical tasks.  For example, we utilize specially trained employees to 
perform  advanced  data  matching  and  analytics  for  clients,  while  others  are  tasked  with  resolving  objections 
directly with attorneys and trustees.  In rare circumstances, resolution to these objections may need to be affected 
by working through our network of local counsel.   

Fee-for-Service Businesses 

In  order  to  provide  debt  owners  with  alternative  collection  solutions  and  to  capitalize  on  common 
competencies between a fee-for-service collections operation and an acquired receivables portfolio business, we 
commenced  our  ARM  third-party  contingent  fee  collections  operation  in  March  2001.    In  a  contingent  fee 
arrangement,  debt  owners  typically  place  defaulted  receivables  with  a  third  party  collection  agency  once  they 
have  ceased  their  recovery  efforts.    The  debt  owners  then  pay  the  third-party  agency  a  commission  fee  based 
upon  the  amount  actually  collected  from  the  consumer.    A  contingent  fee  placement  of  defaulted  consumer 
receivables is usually for a fixed time frame, typically four to six months, or as long as twelve months.  At the 
end of this fixed period, the third-party agency will return the uncollected defaulted consumer receivables to the 

11

 
 
 
debt owner, which may then place the defaulted consumer receivables with another collection agency or sell the 
portfolio of receivables.  We discontinued our ARM contingent fee operation during the second quarter of 2008. 

The determination of the commission fee to be paid for third-party collections is generally based upon the 
age and potential collectibility of the defaulted consumer receivables being assigned for placement.  For example, 
if there has been no prior third-party collection activity with respect to the defaulted consumer receivables, the 
commission fee would be lower than if there had been one or more previous collection agencies attempting to 
collect on the receivables.  The earlier the placement of defaulted consumer receivables in the collection process, 
the higher the probability of receiving a cash collection and, therefore, the lower the cost to collect and the lower 
the  commission  fee.    Other  factors,  such  as  the  location  of  the  consumers,  the  size  of  the  defaulted  consumer 
receivables,  competition  among  third  party  agencies,  and  the  clients'  collection  procedures  and  work  standards 
also contribute to establishing a commission fee. 

Revenues  from  IGS  are  accounted  for  as  commission  revenue.    IGS  performs  national  skip  tracing,  asset 
location and collateral recovery services, principally for auto finance companies, for a fee.  The amount of fee 
earned is generally dependent on several different outcomes: whether the debtor was found and a resolution on 
the account occurred, if the collateral was repossessed or if payment was made by the debtor to the debt owner.  
For  example,  if  the  debtor  is  not  found,  our  fee  is  less  than  if  the  debtor  is  found  and  we  are  able  to  create  a 
positive resolution on the account. 

For RDS and MuniServices, our government processing and collection businesses, their primary source of 
income is derived from servicing taxing authorities in several different ways: processing all of their tax payments 
and tax forms, collecting delinquent taxes, identifying taxes that are not being paid and auditing tax payments. 
The  processing  and  collection  pieces  are  standard  commission  based  billings  or  fee  for  service  transactions. 
When audits are conducted, there are two components. The first is a charge for the hours incurred on conducting 
the audit. This charge is for hours worked. This charge is up-charged from the actual costs incurred. The gross 
billing  is  a  component  of  the  line  item  “Commissions”  and  the  expense  is  included  in  the  line  item 
“Compensation  and  employee  services.”  The  second  item  is  for  expenses  incurred  while  conducting  the  audit. 
Most jurisdictions will reimburse us for direct expenses incurred for the audit including such items as travel and 
meals. The billed amounts are included in the line item “Commissions” and the expense component is included in 
its appropriate expense category, generally, “Other operating expenses.”   

Competition 

We  face  competition  in  both  of  the  markets  we  serve  —  owned  portfolio  and  fee-for-service  accounts 
receivable  management  —  from  new  and  existing  providers  of  outsourced  receivables  management  services, 
including  other  purchasers  of  defaulted  consumer  receivables  portfolios,  third-party  contingent  fee  collection 
agencies and debt owners that manage their own defaulted consumer receivables rather than outsourcing them.  
The  accounts  receivable  management  industry  (owned  portfolio  and  contingent  fee)  is  highly  fragmented  and 
competitive, consisting of approximately 6,000 consumer and commercial agencies.  We estimate that more than 
90% of these agencies compete in the contingent fee market.  There are few significant barriers for entry to new 
providers of contingent fee receivables management services and, consequently, the number of agencies serving 
the  contingent  fee  market  may  continue  to  grow.    Greater  capital  needs  and  the  need  for  portfolio  evaluation 
expertise  sufficient  to  price  portfolios  effectively  constitute  significant  barriers  for  entry  to  new  providers  of 
owned portfolio receivables management services. 

We  face  bidding  competition  in  our  acquisition  of  defaulted  consumer  receivables  and  in  obtaining 
placement of fee-for-service receivables.  We also compete on the basis of reputation, industry experience and 
performance.  Among the positive factors which we believe influence our ability to compete effectively in this 
market  are  our  ability  to  bid  on  portfolios  at  appropriate  prices,  our  reputation  from  previous  transactions 
regarding  our  ability  to  close  transactions  in  a  timely  fashion,  our  relationships  with  originators  of  defaulted 
consumer receivables, our team of well-trained collectors who provide quality customer service and compliance 
with  applicable  collections  laws  and  our  ability  to  collect  on  various  asset  types.    Among  the  negative  factors 
which we believe could influence our ability to compete effectively in this market are that some of our current 
competitors  and  possible  new  competitors  may  have  substantially  greater  financial,  personnel  and  other 
resources,  greater  adaptability  to  changing  market  needs,  longer  operating  histories  and  more  established 
relationships in our industry than we currently have. 

12

 
 
 
 
Information Technology 

Technology Operating Systems and Server Platform 

The  architecture  and  design  of  our  systems  provides  us  with  a  technology  system  that  is  flexible,  secure, 
reliable  and  redundant  to  ensure  the  protection  of  our  sensitive  data.   We  utilize  Intel-based  servers  running 
Microsoft Windows 2000/2003 operating systems.  In addition, we utilize a blend of purchased and proprietary 
software systems tailored to the needs of our business.  These systems are designed to eliminate inefficiencies in 
our collections, continue to meet business objectives in a changing environment and meet compliance obligations 
with regulatory entities.  Our proprietary software systems are being leveraged to manage location information 
and operational applications for MuniServices, IGS and RDS. We believe our custom solutions will enhance the 
overall investigative capabilities of this business while meeting compliance obligations with regulatory entities. 

Network Technology 

To  provide  delivery  of  our  applications,  we  utilize  Intel-based  workstations  across  our  entire  business 
operations.  The environment is configured to provide speeds of 100 megabytes to the desktops of our collections 
and administration staff.  Our one gigabyte server network architecture supports high-speed data transport.  Our 
network  system  is  designed  to  be  scalable  and  meet  expansion  and  inter-building  bandwidth  and  quality  of 
service demands. 

Database and Software Systems 

The ability to access and utilize data is essential to PRA being able to operate nationwide in a cost-effective 
manner.   Our  centralized  computer-based  information  systems  support  the  core  processing  functions  of  our 
business under a set of integrated databases and are designed to be both replicable and scalable to accommodate 
our internal growth.  This integrated approach helps to assure that data sources are processed efficiently.  We use 
these  systems  for  portfolio  and  client  management,  skip  tracing,  check  taking,  financial  and  management 
accounting,  reporting,  and  planning  and  analysis.   The  systems  also  support  our  consumers,  including  on-line 
access to account information, account status and payment entry.  We use a combination of Microsoft and Oracle 
database software to manage our portfolios, financial, customer and sales data, and we believe these systems will 
be  sufficient  for  our  needs  for  the  foreseeable  future.   MuniServices,  IGS  and  RDS  all  maintain  unique, 
proprietary  software  systems  that  manage  the  movement  of  data,  accounts  and  information  throughout  these 
business units.  We believe these systems will be sufficient for our needs in the foreseeable future. 

Redundancy, System Backup, Security and Disaster Recovery 

Our  data  centers  provide  the  infrastructure  for  collection  services  and  uninterrupted  support  of  data, 
applications and hardware for all of our business units. We believe our facilities and operations include sufficient 
redundancy, file back-up and security to ensure minimal exposure to systems failure or unauthorized access.  The 
preparations in this area include the use of call centers in Virginia, Kansas,  Alabama and Tennessee in order to 
help  provide  redundancy  for  data  and  processes  should  one  site  be  completely  disabled.   We  have  a  disaster 
recovery plan covering our business that is tested on a periodic basis.  The combination of our locally distributed 
call  control  systems  provides  enterprise-wide  call  and  data  distribution  between  our  call  centers  for  efficient 
portfolio  collection  and  business  operations.   In  addition  to  data  replication  between  the  sites,  incremental 
backups  of  both  software  and  databases  are  performed on  a  daily basis and a full system backup is performed 
weekly.  Backup data tapes are stored at an offsite location along with copies of schedules and production control 
procedures,  procedures for recovery using an off-site data center, documentation and other critical information 
necessary for recovery and continued operation.  Our Virginia headquarters has two separate telecommunications 
feeds,  uninterruptible  power  supplies  and  natural  gas  and  diesel-generators,  all  of  which  provide  a  level  of 
redundancy should a power outage or interruption occur.  We also have generators installed at each of our remote 
call  centers,  as  well  as  our  subsidiary  locations  in  Alabama  and  as  of  April  2009,  Nevada.   We  also  employ 
rigorous physical and electronic security to protect our data.  Our call centers have restricted card key access and 
appropriate additional physical security measures.  Electronic protections include data encryption, firewalls and 
multi-level access controls.   

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Plasma Displays for Real Time Data Utilization 

We utilize plasma displays at our main facility to aid in recovery of portfolios.  The displays provide real-
time  business-critical  information  to  our  collection  personnel  for  efficient  collection  efforts  such  as  telephone, 
production, employee status, goal trending, training and corporate information. 

Predictive Dialer Technology 

The Avaya Proactive Contact Dialer ensures that our collection staff focuses on certain defaulted consumer 
receivables according to our specifications.  Its predictive technology takes into account all campaign and dialing 
parameters  and  is  able  to  automatically  adjust  its  dialing  pace  to  match  changes  in  campaign  conditions  and 
provide the lowest possible wait times and abandon rates, with the highest volume of outbound calls.  In addition, 
the dialer allows our collectors to handle only live voice calls by leaving automated messages on all calls where 
answering machines are detected.  This feature allows our representatives to speak with more debtors per agent 
hour, and also increases our inbound call volume. 

Employees 

We  employed  2,032  persons  on  a  full-time  basis,  including  the  following  number  of  front  line  operations 
employees by business: 1,478 on our owned portfolios, 158 working in our IGS operations, 67 working in our 
RDS  government  collections  operation,  and  71  working  in  our  MuniServices  operations,  as  of  December  31, 
2008.  None of our employees are represented by a union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement.  We 
believe that our relations with our employees are good. 

Hiring 

We  recognize  that  our  collectors  are  critical  to  the  success  of  our  business  as  a  majority  of  our  collection 
efforts occur as a result of telephone contact with consumers.  We have found that the tenure and productivity of 
our collectors are directly related.  Therefore, attracting, hiring, training, retaining and motivating our collection 
personnel is a major focus for us.  We pay our collectors competitive wages and offer employees a full benefits 
program which includes comprehensive medical coverage, short and long term disability, life insurance, dental 
and  vision  coverage,  pre-paid  legal  plan,  an  employee  assistance  program,  supplemental  indemnity,  cancer, 
hospitalization, accident insurance, a flexible spending account for child care and a matching 401(k) program.  In 
addition to a base wage, we provide collectors with the opportunity to receive unlimited compensation through 
an  incentive  compensation  program  that  pays  bonuses  above  a  set  monthly  base,  based  upon  each  collector's 
collection results.  This program is designed to ensure that employees are paid based not only on performance, 
but  also  on  consistency.    We  have  awarded  stock  based  compensation  to  many  of  our  tenured  collectors.  We 
believe that these practices have helped us achieve an annual post-training turnover rate of 59% in 2008. 

A  large  number  of  telemarketing,  customer-service  and  reservation  phone  centers  are  located  near  our 
Virginia headquarters.  We believe that we offer a competitive and, in many cases, a higher base wage than many 
local employers and therefore have access to a large number of eligible personnel.  In addition, there are several 
military bases in the area.  We employ numerous military spouses and retirees and find them to be an excellent 
source of employees.  We have also found the Las Vegas, Nevada, Hutchinson, Kansas, Birmingham, Alabama, 
Jackson,  Tennessee,  Houston,  Texas  and  Fresno,  California  areas  to  provide  a  large  potential  workforce  of 
eligible personnel. 

Training 

We provide a comprehensive multi-week training program for all new owned portfolio collectors.  The first 
weeks of the training program is comprised of lectures to learn collection techniques, state and federal collection 
laws, systems, negotiation skills, skip tracing and telephone use.  These sessions are then followed by additional 
weeks  of  practical  experience  conducting  live  calls  with  additional  managerial  supervision  in  order  to  provide 
employees  with  confidence  and  guidance  while  still  contributing  to  our  profitability.    Each  trainee  must 
successfully pass a comprehensive examination before being assigned to the collection floor, as well as once a 
year  thereafter.    In  addition,  we  conduct  continuing  advanced  classes  in  our  four  training  centers.    Our 

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
technology and systems allow us to monitor individual employees and then offer additional training in areas of 
deficiency to increase productivity and ensure compliance.  

Outsourced Collections Department 

Legal Recovery 

An important component of our collections effort involves our outsourced collections department and the 
judicial  collection  of  accounts  of  customers  who  have  the  ability,  but  not  the  willingness,  to  resolve  their 
obligations.  Accounts for which the consumer is not cooperative and for which we can establish a garnishable 
job or attachable asset are reviewed for legal action. Additionally, we review accounts using a proprietary scoring 
model  and  select  those  accounts  reflecting  a  high  propensity  to  pay  in  a  legal  environment.  Depending  on  the 
balance of the defaulted consumer receivable and the applicable state collection laws, we determine whether to 
commence legal action to collect on the receivable. The legal process can take an extended period of time, but it 
also generates cash collections that likely would not have been realized otherwise.  During 2004, we began using 
a combination of internal staff (attorney and support), as well as external attorneys, to pursue legal collections in 
certain states and under certain circumstances.  This has grown to 40 states, utilizing the lower courts, in which 
we initiate law suits in amounts up to the jurisdictional limits of the respective courts. This distribution channel 
allows  us  to  work  accounts  that  we  would  not  normally  pursue  through  the  use  of  contingent  fee  collection 
attorneys because of cost. Our legal recovery department also collects claims against estates in cases involving 
deceased  debtors  having  assets  at  the  time  of  death.    Our  legal  recovery  department  oversees  internal  legal 
collections and coordinates an independent nationwide attorney network which is responsible for the preparation 
and filing of judicial collection proceedings in multiple jurisdictions, determining the suit criteria, coordinating 
sales of property and instituting wage garnishments to satisfy judgments.  This nationwide collections attorney 
network consists of approximately 50 independent law firms, all of which work on a contingent fee basis.  Legal 
cash  collections  generated  by  both  our  in  house  attorneys  and  outside  independent  contingent  fee  attorneys 
constituted approximately 28% of our total cash collections in 2008.  As our portfolio matures, a larger number 
of  accounts  will  be  directed  to  our  outsourced  collections  department  for  judicial  collection;  consequently,  we 
anticipate  that  legal  collections  will  grow  commensurately  and  comprise  a  larger  percentage  of  our  total  cash 
collections.   

Bankruptcy 

Our bankruptcy department manages consumer filings under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code on debtor accounts 
derived  from  three  sources;  1)  the  company’s  purchased  pools  of  charged  off  and  delinquent  accounts,  2)  our 
purchased pools of bankrupt accounts, and 3) our third party servicing client relationships.  On company owned 
accounts,  we  file  proofs  of  claim  (“POCs”)  or  claim  transfers  and  actively  manage  these  accounts  through  the 
entire life cycle of the bankruptcy proceeding in order to substantiate our claims and ensure that we participate in 
any  distributions  to  creditors.   On  accounts  managed  under a  third  party  relationship,  we  work  on either a full 
service contingency fee basis or a menu style fee for service basis.   

We developed our proprietary Bankruptcy Management System (“BMS”) as a secure and highly automated 
platform for providing bankruptcy notification services, filing POCs and claim transfers, managing documents, 
administering  our  case  load,  posting  and  reconciling  payments  and  providing  customized  reports.    BMS  is  a 
robust system designed to manage claims processing and case management in a high volume environment.  The 
system  is  highly  flexible  and  its  capacity  is  easily  expanded.    Daily  processing  volumes  are  managed  to  meet 
individual  bar  dates  associated  with  each  bankruptcy  case  and  specific  client  turnaround  times.    BMS  and  its 
underlying business rules were developed with emphasis first on minimizing risks through strict compliance to 
the bankruptcy code, then on maximizing recoveries from automated claim filing and case administration.   

Each of our employees goes through an entry level training program to familiarize them with BMS and the 
bankruptcy  process,  including  a  general  overview  of  how  we  interact  with  the  courts,  debtor’s  attorneys  and 
trustees.    We  also  use  a  tiered  process  of  cross  training  designed  to  familiarize  advancing  employees  with  a 
variety of operational assignments and analytical tasks.  For example, we utilize specially trained employees to 
perform  advanced  data  matching  and  analytics  for  clients,  while  others  are  tasked  with  resolving  objections 
directly with attorneys and trustees.  In rare circumstances, resolution to these objections may need to be affected 
by working through our network of local counsel. 

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 Corporate Legal Department 

     Our corporate legal department manages general corporate governance, litigation management, insurance and 
risk  management,  corporate  transactions,  intellectual  property,  contract  and  document  preparation  and  review, 
including real estate purchase and lease agreements and portfolio purchase documents, compliance with federal 
securities laws and other regulations and statutes, obtaining and maintaining multi-state licensing, bonding and 
insurance  and  dispute  and  complaint  resolution.  As  a  part  of  its  compliance  functions,  our  corporate  legal 
department  works  with  our  internal  auditor  and  the  Audit  Committee  of  our  Board  of  Directors  in  the 
implementation of our Code of Ethics.  In that connection, we have implemented companywide ethics training 
and  mandatory  ethics  quizzes  and  have  established  a  confidential  telephone  hotline  to  report  suspected  policy 
violations,  fraud,  embezzlement,  deception  in  record  keeping  and  reporting,  accounting,  auditing  matters  and 
other  acts  which  are  inappropriate,  criminal  and/or  unethical.    Our  Code  of  Ethics  policy  is  available  at  the 
Investor  Relations  page  of  our  website.  Our  corporate  legal  department  also  provides  guidance  to  our  quality 
control  department  and  assists  with  training  our  staff  in  relevant  areas  including  extensive  training  on  the Fair 
Debt Collection Practices Act and other relevant laws and regulations. Our corporate legal department distributes 
guidelines  and  procedures  for  collection  personnel  to  follow  when  communicating  with  customers,  customer’s 
agents,  attorneys  and  other  parties  during  our  recovery  efforts.  This  includes  overseeing  the  letter  process  and 
approving  all  communications  to  account  debtors.    In  addition,  our  corporate  legal  department  regularly 
researches,  and  provides  collections  personnel  and  our  training  department  with  summaries  and  updates  of 
changes  in,  federal  and  state  statutes  and  relevant  case  law,  so  that  they  are  aware  of  and  in  compliance  with 
changing laws and judicial decisions when skip-tracing or collecting accounts. 

Regulation 

Federal  and  state  statutes  establish  specific  guidelines  and  procedures  which  debt  collectors  must  follow 
when collecting consumer accounts. It is our policy to comply with the provisions of all applicable federal laws 
and  comparable  state  statutes  in  all  of  our  recovery  activities,  even  in  circumstances  in  which  we  may  not  be 
specifically subject to these laws. Our failure to comply with these laws could have a material adverse effect on 
us  in  the  event  and  to  the  extent  that  they  apply  to  some  or  all  of  our  recovery  activities.  Federal  and  state 
consumer protection, privacy and related laws and regulations extensively regulate the relationship between debt 
collectors and debtors, and the relationship between customers and credit card issuers. Significant federal laws 
and regulations applicable to our business as a debt collector include the following: 

• Fair Debt Collection Practices Act.  This act imposes certain obligations and restrictions on the practices of 
debt collectors, including specific restrictions regarding communications with consumer customers, including the 
time, place and manner of the communications. This act also gives consumers certain rights, including the right 
to  dispute  the  validity  of  their  obligations  and  a  right  to  sue  debt  collectors  who  fail  to  comply  with  its 
provisions, including the right to recover their attorney fees. 

• Fair Credit Reporting Act.  This act places certain requirements on credit information providers regarding 
verification  of  the  accuracy  of  information  provided  to  credit  reporting  agencies  and  investigating  consumer 
disputes  concerning  the  accuracy  of such  information.  We  provide  information  concerning our accounts to the 
three major credit reporting agencies, and it is our practice to correctly report this information and to investigate 
credit reporting disputes. The Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act amended the Fair Credit Reporting Act 
to include additional duties applicable to data furnishers with respect to information in the consumer’s credit file 
that the consumer identifies as resulting from identity theft, and requires that data furnishers have procedures in 
place to prevent such information from being furnished to credit reporting agencies.  

 •  Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act.    This  act  requires  that  certain  financial  institutions,  including  collection 
agencies, develop policies to protect the privacy of consumers’ private financial information and provide notices 
to consumers advising them of their privacy policies. This act also requires that if private personal information 
concerning a consumer is shared with another unrelated institution, the consumer must be given an opportunity to 
opt out of having such information shared. Since we do not share consumer information with non-related entities, 
except as required by law, or except as needed to collect on the receivables, our consumers are not entitled to any 
opt-out rights under this act. This act is enforced by the Federal Trade Commission, which has retained exclusive 
jurisdiction over its enforcement, and does not afford a private cause of action to consumers who may wish to 
pursue legal action against a financial institution for violations of this act. 

16

 
 
 
 
 
•  Electronic  Funds  Transfer  Act.    This  act  regulates  the  use  of  the  Automated  Clearing  House  ("ACH") 
system  to  make  electronic  funds  transfers.    All  ACH  transactions  must  comply  with  the  rules  of  the  National 
Automated Check Clearing House Association ("NACHA") and Uniform Commercial Code § 3-402.  This act, 
the  NACHA  regulations  and  the  Uniform  Commercial  Code  give  the  consumer,  among  other  things,  certain 
privacy rights with respect to the transactions, the right to stop payments on a pre-approved fund transfer, and the 
right to receive certain documentation of the transaction.  This act also gives consumers a right to sue institutions 
which cause financial damages as a result of their failure to comply with its provisions. 

• Telephone Consumer Protection Act.  In the process of collecting accounts, we use automated predictive 
dialers to place calls to consumers. This act and similar state laws place certain restrictions on telemarketers and 
users of automated dialing equipment who place telephone calls to consumers. 

•  Servicemembers  Civil  Relief  Act.    The  Soldiers’  and  Sailors’  Civil  Relief  Act  of  1940  was  amended  in 
December  2003  as  the  Servicemembers  Civil  Relief  Act  (“SCRA”).  The  SCRA  gives  U.S.  military  service 
personnel relief from credit obligations they may have incurred prior to entering military service, and may also 
apply in certain circumstances to obligations and liabilities incurred by a servicemember while serving on active 
duty.  The  SCRA  prohibits  creditors  from  taking  specified  actions  to  collect  the  defaulted  accounts  of 
servicemembers. The SCRA impacts many different types of credit obligations, including installment contracts 
and court proceedings, and tolls the statute of limitations during the time that the servicemember is engaged in 
active  military  service.  The  SCRA  also  places  a  cap  on  interest  bearing  obligations  of  servicemembers  to  an 
amount not greater than 6% per year, inclusive of all related charges and fees. 

• Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act.  The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability 
Act  (“HIPAA”)  provides  standards  to  protect  the  confidentiality  of  patients’  personal  healthcare  and  financial 
information.  Pursuant  to  HIPAA,  business  associates  of  health  care  providers,  such  as  agencies  which  collect 
healthcare receivables, must comply with certain privacy and security standards established by HIPAA to ensure 
that the information provided will be safeguarded from misuse.  This act is enforced by the Department of Health 
and Human Services and does not afford a private cause of action to consumers who may wish to pursue legal 
action against an institution for violations of this act. 

• U.S. Bankruptcy Code.  In order to prevent any collection activity with bankrupt debtors by creditors and 
collection agencies, the U.S. Bankruptcy Code provides for an automatic stay, which prohibits certain contacts 
with consumers after the filing of bankruptcy petitions. 

Additionally, there are some state statutes and regulations comparable to the above federal laws, and specific 
licensing requirements which affect our operations. State laws may also limit credit account interest rates and the 
fees,  as  well  as  limit  the  time  frame  in  which  judicial  actions  may  be  initiated  to  enforce  the  collection  of 
consumer accounts.  

Although  we  are  not  a  credit  originator,  some  of  these  laws  directed  toward  credit  originators  may 
occasionally  affect  our  operations  because  our  receivables  were  originated  through  credit  transactions,  such  as 
the following laws, which apply principally to credit originators: 

• Truth in Lending Act;  

• Fair Credit Billing Act; and  

• Equal Credit Opportunity Act.  

Federal laws which regulate credit originators require, among other things, that credit card issuers disclose to 
consumers the interest rates, fees, grace periods and balance calculation methods associated with their credit card 
accounts.  Consumers  are  entitled  under  current  laws  to  have  payments  and  credits  applied  to  their  accounts 
promptly, to receive prescribed notices and to require billing errors to be resolved promptly. Some laws prohibit 
discriminatory practices in connection with the extension of credit. Federal statutes further provide that, in some 
cases, consumers cannot be held liable for, or their liability is limited with respect to, charges to the credit card 
account  that  were  a  result  of  an  unauthorized  use  of  the  credit  card.  These  laws,  among  others,  may  give 
consumers a legal cause of action against us, or may limit our ability to recover amounts owing with respect to 
the receivables, whether or not we committed any wrongful act or omission in connection with the account. If the 

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
credit originator fails to comply with applicable statutes, rules and regulations, it could create claims and rights 
for consumers that could reduce or eliminate their obligations to repay the account and have a possible material 
adverse effect on us. 

Accordingly, when we acquire defaulted consumer receivables, we contractually require credit originators to 
indemnify us against any losses caused by their failure to comply with applicable statutes, rules and regulations 
relating to the receivables before they are sold to us.  

The U.S. Congress and several states have enacted legislation concerning identity theft. Additional consumer 
protection  and  privacy  protection  laws  may  be  enacted  that  would  impose  additional  requirements  on  the 
enforcement of and recovery on consumer credit card or installment accounts. Any new laws, rules or regulations 
that may be adopted, as well as existing consumer protection and privacy protection laws, may adversely affect 
our ability to recover the receivables. In addition, our failure to comply with these requirements could adversely 
affect our ability to enforce the receivables.  

We  cannot  assure  you  that  some  of  the  receivables  were  not  established  as  a  result  of  identity  theft  or 
unauthorized use of a credit card and, accordingly, we could not recover the amount of the defaulted consumer 
receivables. As a purchaser of defaulted consumer receivables, we may acquire receivables subject to legitimate 
defenses  on  the  part  of  the  consumer.  Our  account  purchase  contracts  allow  us  to  return  to  the  debt  owners 
certain defaulted consumer receivables that may not be collectible, due to these and other circumstances. Upon 
return,  the  debt  owners  are  required  to  replace  the  receivables  with  similar  receivables  or  repurchase  the 
receivables. These provisions limit to some extent our losses on such accounts. 

In addition to our obligation to comply with applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations, we are 
also obligated to comply with judicial decisions reached in court cases involving legislation passed by any such 
governmental bodies. 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors. 

To the extent not described elsewhere in this Annual Report, the following are risks related to our business. 

A deterioration in economic conditions in the United States may have an adverse effect on our collections, results 
of operations, revenue and stock price 

Our performance may be affected by economic conditions in the United States. If the United States economy 
deteriorates, personal bankruptcy filings may increase, and the ability of consumers to pay their debts could be 
adversely affected. This may in turn adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations, revenue and 
stock price. Other factors associated with the economy that could influence our performance include the financial 
stability of the lenders on our line of credit, our access to credit, and financial factors affecting consumers.  

The  current  financial  turmoil  affecting  the  banking  system  and  financial markets  and  the  possibility  that 
financial  institutions  may  consolidate,  go  out  of  business  or  be  taken  over  by  the  federal  government  have 
resulted  in  a  tightening  in  credit markets.  There could  be  a  number  of  follow-on  effects  from  the  credit  crisis 
and/or the federal government’s response to the credit crisis on our business, including a decrease in the value of 
the our financial investments, the insolvency of lending institutions, including the lenders on our line of credit, 
resulting  in our  inability  to  obtain  credit,  and  the  inability  of  our  customers  to  obtain  credit  to  re-finance their 
obligations  with  us.    These  and  other  economic  factors  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  financial 
condition and results of operations. 

We  may  not  be  able  to  purchase  defaulted  consumer  receivables  at  appropriate  prices,  and  a  decrease  in  our 
ability to purchase portfolios of receivables could adversely affect our ability to generate revenue  

If we are unable to purchase defaulted receivables from debt owners at appropriate prices, or one or more 
debt owners stop selling defaulted receivables to us, we could lose a potential source of income and our business 
may be harmed.  

18

 
 
       
 
 
 
 
The  availability  of  receivables  portfolios  at  prices  which  generate an appropriate return on our investment 

depends on a number of factors both within and outside of our control, including the following:  

• the continuation of current growth trends in the levels of consumer obligations; 

• sales of receivables portfolios by debt owners; and 

• competitive factors affecting potential purchasers and credit originators of receivables. 

Because of the length of time involved in collecting defaulted consumer receivables on acquired portfolios 
and the volatility in the timing of our collections, we may not be able to identify trends and make changes in our 
purchasing strategies in a timely manner. 

We  may  be  unable  to  obtain  account  documents  for  some  of  the  accounts  that  we  purchase.   Our  inability  to 
provide  account  documents  on  accounts  that  are  subject  to  judicial  collections  may  negatively  impact  the 
liquidation rate on these accounts   

When  we  collect accounts  judicially,  courts in  certain  jurisdictions  require  that a  copy  of  the  account 
statements or applications be attached to the pleadings in order to obtain a judgment against the account debtors.  
If we are unable to produce account documents, these courts will deny our claims.  

We may not be able to collect sufficient amounts on our defaulted consumer receivables to fund our operations  

Our business primarily consists of acquiring and servicing receivables that consumers have failed to pay and 
that  the  credit  originator  has  deemed  uncollectible  and  has  generally  charged-off.    The  debt  owners  generally 
make  numerous  attempts  to  recover  on  their  defaulted  consumer  receivables,  often  using  a  combination  of  in-
house recovery efforts and third-party collection agencies.  These defaulted consumer receivables are difficult to 
collect  and  we  may  not  collect  a  sufficient  amount  to  cover  our  investment  associated  with  purchasing  the 
defaulted consumer receivables and the costs of running our business.  

Our  work  force  could  become  unionized  in  the  future,  which  could  adversely  affect  the  stability  of  our 

production and increase our costs  

Currently, none of our employees are represented by unions.  However, our employees have the right at any 
time under the National Labor Relations Act to form or affiliate with a union.  If some or all of our workforce 
were to become unionized and the terms of the collective bargaining agreement were significantly different from 
our current compensation arrangements, it could adversely affect the stability of our work force and increase our 
costs.   In  2007,  the  Employee  Free  Choice  Act  H.R. 800  ("EFCA")  was  passed  in  the  U.S. House  of 
Representatives,  and  currently  remains  in  the Senate.  The EFCA aims to amend the National Labor Relations 
Act, by making it easier for workers to organize unions and increasing the penalties employers may incur if they 
engage  in  labor  practices  in  violation  of  the  National  Labor  Relations  Act.    The  EFCA  requires  the  National 
Labor  Relations  Board  ("NLRB")  to  review  petitions  filed  by  employees  for  the  purpose  of  creating  a  labor 
organization  and  to  certify  a  bargaining  representative  without  directing  an  election,  if  a  majority  of  the 
bargaining unit employees have authorized designation of the representative. The EFCA also requires the parties 
to begin bargaining within 10 days of the receipt of the petition, or longer time if mutually agreed upon.  EFCA 
would  also  require  the  NLRB  to  seek  a  federal  injunction  against  an  employer  whenever  there  is  reasonable 
cause  to  believe  that  the  employer  has  discharged  or  discriminated  against  an  employee  to  encourage  or 
discourage  membership  in  the  labor  organization,  threatened  to  discharge  or  otherwise  discriminate  against  an 
employee  in  order  to  interfere  with,  restrain,  or  coerce  employees  in  the  exercise  of  guaranteed  collective 
bargaining rights, or engaged in any other related unfair labor practice that significantly interferes with, restrains, 
or  coerces  employees  in  the  exercise  of  such  guaranteed  rights.    The  EFCA  adds  additional  remedies  for  such 
violations, including back pay plus liquidated damages and civil penalties to be determined by the NLRB not to 
exceed  $20,000  per  infraction.    This  bill  or  a  variation  of  it  could  be  enacted  in  the  future  and  could  have  an 
adverse impact on our operations.  

19

 
 
We  experience  high  employee  turnover  rates  and  we  may  not  be  able  to  hire  and  retain  enough  sufficiently 
trained employees to support our operations  

The accounts receivables management industry is very labor intensive and, similar to other companies in our 
industry, we typically experience a high rate of employee turnover.  Our annual turnover rate, excluding those 
employees that do not complete our multi-week training program, was 59% in 2008.  We compete for qualified 
personnel with companies in our industry and in other industries.  Our growth requires that we continually hire 
and train new collectors.  A higher turnover rate among our collectors will increase our recruiting and training 
costs  and  limit  the  number  of  experienced  collection  personnel  available  to  service  our  defaulted  consumer 
receivables.  If this were to occur, we would not be able to service our defaulted consumer receivables effectively 
and this would reduce our ability to continue our growth and operate profitability.  

We serve markets that are highly competitive, and we may be unable to compete with businesses that may have 
greater resources than we have 

We face competition in both of the markets we serve — owned portfolio and fee based accounts receivable 
management — from new and existing providers of outsourced receivables management services, including other 
purchasers of defaulted consumer receivables portfolios, third-party contingent fee collection agencies and debt 
owners  that  manage  their  own  defaulted  consumer  receivables  rather  than  outsourcing  them.  The  accounts 
receivable  management  industry  is  highly  fragmented  and  competitive,  consisting  of  approximately  6,000 
consumer and commercial agencies, most of which compete in the contingent fee business.  

We face bidding competition in our acquisition of defaulted consumer receivables and in our placement of 
fee  based  receivables,  and  we  also  compete  on  the  basis  of  reputation,  industry  experience  and  performance.  
Some  of  our  current  competitors  and  possible  new  competitors  may  have  substantially  greater  financial, 
personnel and other resources, greater adaptability to changing market needs, longer operating histories and more 
established relationships in our industry than we currently have.  In the future, we may not have the resources or 
ability  to  compete  successfully.    As  there  are  few  significant  barriers  for  entry  to  new  providers  of  fee  based 
receivables  management  services,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  additional  competitors  with  greater  resources 
than ours will not enter the market.  Moreover, there can be no assurance that our existing or potential clients will 
continue to outsource their defaulted consumer receivables at recent levels or at all, or that we may continue to 
offer competitive bids for defaulted consumer receivables portfolios.  If we are unable to develop and expand our 
business or adapt to changing market needs as well as our current or future competitors are able to do, we may 
experience  reduced  access  to  defaulted  consumer  receivables  portfolios  at  appropriate  prices  and  reduced 
profitability.  

We may not be successful at acquiring receivables of new asset types or in implementing a new pricing structure  

We  may  pursue  the  acquisition  of  receivables  portfolios  of  asset  types  in  which  we  have  little  current 
experience.  We may not be successful in completing any acquisitions of receivables of these asset types and our 
limited experience in these asset types may impair our ability to collect on these receivables.  This may cause us 
to  pay  too  much  for  these  receivables  and  consequently,  we  may  not  generate  a  profit  from  these  receivables 
portfolio acquisitions.  

In addition, we may in the future provide a service to debt owners in which debt owners will place consumer 
receivables with us for a specific period of time for a flat fee.  This fee may be based on the number of collectors 
assigned to the collection of these receivables, the amount of receivables placed or other bases.  We may not be 
successful in determining and implementing the appropriate pricing for this pricing structure, which may cause 
us to be unable to generate a profit from this business.  

Our collections may decrease if certain types of bankruptcy filings involving liquidations increase  

Various economic trends and potential changes to existing legislation, may contribute to an increase in the 
amount of personal bankruptcy filings.  Under certain bankruptcy filings a debtor’s assets may be sold to repay 
creditors, but since the defaulted consumer receivables we service are generally unsecured we often would not be 
able to collect on those receivables.  We cannot ensure that our collection experience would not decline with an 
increase  in  personal  bankruptcy  filings  or  a  change  in  bankruptcy  regulations  or  practices.    If  our  actual 

20

 
 
collection experience with respect to a defaulted bankrupt consumer receivables portfolio is significantly lower 
than  we  projected  when  we  purchased  the  portfolio,  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  could 
deteriorate.  

We may make acquisitions that prove unsuccessful or strain or divert our resources  

We intend to consider acquisitions of other companies in our industry that could complement our business, 
including the acquisition of entities offering greater access and expertise in other asset types and markets that are 
related but that we do not currently serve.  If we do acquire other businesses, we may not be able to successfully 
integrate these businesses with our own and we may be unable to maintain our standards, controls and policies.  
Further,  acquisitions  may  place  additional  constraints  on  our  resources  by  diverting  the  attention  of  our 
management from other business concerns.  Through acquisitions, we may enter markets in which we have no or 
limited experience.  Moreover, any acquisition may result in a potentially dilutive issuance of equity securities, 
the incurrence of additional debt and amortization expenses of related intangible assets, all of which could reduce 
our profitability and harm our business.  

The loss of IGS, RDS or MuniServices customers could negatively affect our operations  

With respect to the acquisitions of IGS, RDS and MuniServices, a significant portion of the valuation was 
tied  to  existing  client  and  customer  relationships.    Our  customers,  in  general,  may  terminate  their  relationship 
with  us  on  90 days’  prior  notice.  In  the  event  a  customer  or  customers  terminate  or  significantly  cut  back  any 
relationship with us, it could reduce our profitability and harm our business and could potentially give rise to an 
impairment  charge  related  to  an  intangible  asset  specifically  ascribed  to  existing  client  and  customer 
relationships. 

We  may  not  be  able  to  continually  replace  our  defaulted  consumer  receivables  with  additional  receivables 
portfolios sufficient to operate efficiently and profitably  

To  operate  profitably,  we  must  continually  acquire  and  service  a  sufficient  amount  of  defaulted  consumer 
receivables to generate revenue that exceeds our expenses.  Fixed costs such as salaries and lease or other facility 
costs  constitute  a  significant  portion  of  our  overhead  and,  if  we  do  not  continually  replace  the  defaulted 
consumer receivables portfolios we service with additional portfolios, we may have to reduce the number of our 
collection personnel.  We would then have to rehire collection staff as we obtain additional defaulted consumer 
receivables portfolios. These practices could lead to:  

• low employee morale; 

• fewer experienced employees; 

• higher training costs; 

• disruptions in our operations; 

• loss of efficiency; and 

• excess costs associated with unused space in our facilities. 

Furthermore,  heightened  regulation  of  the  credit  card  and  consumer  lending  industry  or  changing  credit 
origination strategies may result in decreased availability of credit to consumers, potentially leading to a future 
reduction in defaulted consumer receivables available for purchase from debt owners.  We cannot predict how 
our ability to identify and purchase receivables and the quality of those receivables would be affected if there is a 
shift  in  consumer  lending  practices,  whether  caused  by  changes  in  the  regulations  or  accounting  practices 
applicable to debt owners, a sustained economic downturn or otherwise. 

21

 
 
We may not be able to manage our growth effectively  

We have expanded significantly since our formation and we intend to maintain our growth focus.  However, 
our growth will place additional demands on our resources and we cannot ensure that we will be able to manage 
our growth effectively.  In order to successfully manage our growth, we may need to:  

• expand and enhance our administrative infrastructure; 

• continue to improve our management, financial and information systems and controls; and 

• recruit, train, manage and retain our employees effectively. 

Continued growth could place a strain on our management, operations and financial resources.  We cannot 
ensure  that  our  infrastructure,  facilities  and  personnel  will  be  adequate  to  support  our  future  operations  or  to 
effectively adapt to future growth.  If we cannot manage our growth effectively, our results of operations may be 
adversely affected.  

Our operations could suffer from telecommunications or technology downtime or increased costs  

Our  success  depends  in  large  part  on  sophisticated  telecommunications  and  computer  systems.    The 
temporary or permanent loss of our computer and telecommunications equipment and software systems, through 
casualty or operating malfunction, could disrupt our operations.  In the normal course of our business, we must 
record  and  process  significant  amounts  of  data  quickly  and  accurately  to  access,  maintain  and  expand  the 
databases we use for our collection activities.  Any failure of our information systems or software and our backup 
systems would interrupt our business operations and harm our business.  Our headquarters are located in a region 
that  is  susceptible  to  hurricane  damage,  which  may  increase  the  risk  of  disruption  of  information  systems  and 
telephone service for sustained periods.  

Further,  our  business  depends  heavily  on  services  provided  by  various  local  and  long  distance  telephone 
companies.  A significant increase in telephone service costs or any significant interruption in telephone services 
could reduce our profitability or disrupt our operations and harm our business.  

We may not be able to successfully anticipate, manage or adopt technological advances within our industry  

Our  business  relies  on  computer  and  telecommunications  technologies  and  our  ability  to  integrate  these 
technologies  into  our  business  is  essential  to  our  competitive  position  and  our  success.    Computer  and 
telecommunications  technologies  are  evolving  rapidly  and  are  characterized  by  short  product  life  cycles.    We 
may not be successful in anticipating, managing or adopting technological changes on a timely basis.  

While  we  believe  that  our  existing  information  systems  are  sufficient  to  meet  our  current  demands  and 
continued  expansion,  our  future  growth  may  require  additional  investment  in  these  systems.    We  depend  on 
having the capital resources necessary to invest in new technologies to acquire and service defaulted consumer 
receivables.  We cannot ensure that adequate capital resources will be available to us at the appropriate time.  

Our  senior  management  team  is  important  to  our  continued  success  and  the  loss  of  one  or  more  members  of 
senior management could negatively affect our operations  

The  loss  of  the  services  of  one  or  more  of  our  key  executive  officers  or  key  employees  could  disrupt  our 
operations.  We have employment agreements with Steve Fredrickson, our president, chief executive officer and 
chairman  of  our  board  of  directors,  Kevin  Stevenson,  our  executive  vice  president  and  chief  financial  and 
administrative officer, Craig Grube, our executive vice president of portfolio acquisitions, and most of our other 
senior  executives.    The  current  agreements  contain  non-compete  provisions  that  survive  termination  of 
employment.  However, these agreements do not and will not assure the continued services of these officers and 
we  cannot  ensure  that  the  non-compete  provisions  will  be  enforceable.  Our  success  depends  on  the  continued 
service  and  performance  of  our  key  executive  officers,  and  we  cannot  guarantee  that  we  will  be  able  to  retain 
those individuals.  The loss of the services of Mr. Fredrickson, Mr. Stevenson, Mr. Grube or other key executive 
officers could seriously impair our ability to continue to acquire or collect on defaulted consumer receivables and 
22

 
 
to  manage  and  expand  our  business.    Under  one  of  our  credit  agreements,  if  both  Mr. Fredrickson  and 
Mr. Stevenson  cease  to  be  president  and  chief  financial  and  administrative  officer,  respectively,  it  would 
constitute a default.  

Our ability to recover and enforce our defaulted consumer receivables may be limited under federal and state 
laws  

The businesses conducted by the Company’s operating subsidiaries are subject to licensing and regulation by 
governmental and regulatory bodies in the many jurisdictions in which the Company operates and conducts its 
business. Federal and state laws may limit our ability to recover and enforce our defaulted consumer receivables 
regardless  of  any  act  or  omission  on  our  part.   Some  laws  and  regulations  applicable  to  credit  issuers  may 
preclude us from collecting on defaulted consumer receivables we purchase if the credit issuer previously failed 
to comply with applicable laws in generating or servicing those receivables.  Collection laws and regulations also 
directly  apply  to  our  business.   Such  laws  and  regulations  are  extensive  and  subject  to  change.  Additional 
consumer protection and privacy protection laws may be enacted that would impose additional requirements on 
the enforcement of and collection on consumer credit receivables.  Any new laws, rules or regulations that may 
be adopted, as well as existing consumer protection and privacy protection laws, may adversely affect our ability 
to  collect  on  our  defaulted  consumer  receivables  and  may  harm  our  business.   In  addition,  federal  and  state 
governmental  bodies  are  considering,  and  may  consider  in  the  future,  legislative proposals that would regulate 
the collection of our defaulted consumer receivables.   Further, new tax law changes such as Internal Revenue 
Code Section 6050P (requiring 1099-C returns to be filed on discharge of indebtedness in excess of $600) could 
negatively impact our ability to collect or cause us to incur additional expenses.  Although we cannot predict if or 
how any future legislation would impact our business, our failure to comply with any current or future laws or 
regulations applicable to us could limit our ability to collect on our defaulted consumer receivables, which could 
reduce our profitability and harm our business.  

Our  ability  to  recover  on  portfolios  of  bankrupt  consumer  receivables  may  be  impacted  by  changes  in  federal 
laws or changes in the administrative practices of the various bankruptcy courts 

We  recover  on  consumer  receivables  that  have  filed  for  bankruptcy  protection  under  available  U.S. 
bankruptcy  laws.    We  recover  on  consumer  receivables  that  have  filed  for  bankruptcy  protection  after  we 
acquired  them,  and  we  also  purchase  accounts  that  are  currently  in  bankruptcy  proceedings.    Our  ability  to 
recover  on  portfolios  of  bankruptcy  consumer  receivables  may  be  impacted  by  changes  in  federal  laws  or 
changes in administrative practices of the various bankruptcy courts.  Congress is considering legislation which, 
if passed, could allow bankruptcy judges to reduce and or modify mortgages and interest rates on a chapter 13 
debtor’s principal residence.  If passed, this legislation may affect our ability to collect bankrupt accounts and it 
may temporarily disrupt our historical bankruptcy collection curves, making it more difficult to accurately price 
bankrupt accounts.      

 We are subject to examinations and challenges by tax authorities 

Our industry is relatively unique and as a result there is not a set of well defined laws or regulations for us to 
follow that match our particular facts and circumstances for some tax positions. Therefore, certain tax positions 
we  take  are  based  on  industry  practice,  tax  advice  and  drawing  similarities  of  our  facts  and  circumstances  to 
those  in  case  law.  These  tax  positions  may  relate  to  tax  compliance,  sales  and  use,  franchise,  gross  receipts, 
payroll,  property  and  income  tax  issues,  including  tax  base  and  apportionment.  Challenges  made  by  tax 
authorities to our application of tax rules may result in adjustments to the timing or amount of taxable income or 
deductions  or  the  allocation  of  income  among  tax  jurisdictions,  as  well  as,  inconsistent  positions  between 
different jurisdictions on similar matters. If any such challenges are made and are not resolved in our favor, they 
could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and result of operations. 

We  utilize  the  interest  method  of  revenue  recognition  for  determining  our  income  recognized  on  finance 
receivables, which is based on an analysis of projected cash flows that may prove to be less than anticipated and 
could lead to reductions in future revenues or impairment charges  

We utilize the interest method to determine income recognized on finance receivables.  Under this method, 
static pools of receivables we acquire are modeled upon their projected cash flows.  A yield is then established 

23

 
 
 
which, when applied to the unamortized purchase price of the receivables, results in the recognition of income at 
a constant yield relative to the remaining balance in the pool of defaulted consumer receivables.  Each static pool 
is analyzed monthly to assess the actual performance compared to that expected by the model.  If the accuracy of 
the modeling process deteriorates or there is a decline in anticipated cash flows, we would suffer reductions in 
future revenues or a decline in the carrying value of our receivables portfolios or impairment charges, which in 
any case would result in lower earnings in future periods and could negatively impact our stock price. 

We may be required to incur impairment charges as a result of the application of American Institute of Certified 
Public Accountants Statement of Position 03-3  

In  October  2003,  the  American  Institute  of  Certified  Public  Accountants  (“AICPA”)  issued  Statement  of 
Position  03-3  (“SOP  03-3”),  “Accounting  for  Loans  or  Certain  Securities  Acquired  in  a  Transfer.”    SOP  03-3 
provides guidance on accounting for differences between contractual and expected cash flows from an investor’s 
initial investment in loans or debt securities acquired in a transfer if those differences are attributable, at least in 
part, to credit quality.  SOP 03-3 is effective for loans acquired in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2004 
and amends Practice Bulletin 6 which remains in effect for loans acquired prior to the SOP 03-3 effective date.   
SOP 03-3 limits the revenue that may be accrued to the excess of the estimate of expected future cash flows over 
a  portfolio’s  initial  cost  of  accounts  receivable  acquired.    SOP  03-3  requires  that  the  excess  of  the  contractual 
cash flows over expected cash flows not be recognized as an adjustment of revenue, expense, or on the balance 
sheet.  SOP  03-3  initially  freezes  the  internal  rate  of  return,  referred  to  as  IRR,  originally  estimated  when  the 
accounts receivable are purchased for subsequent impairment testing. Rather than lower the estimated IRR if the 
original collection estimates are not received, effective January 1, 2005, the carrying value of a portfolio will be 
written down to maintain the then-current IRR.  SOP 03-3 also amends Practice Bulletin 6 in a similar manner 
and  applies  to  all  loans  acquired  prior  to  January 1,  2005.  Increases  in  expected  future  cash  flows  can  be 
recognized  prospectively  through  an  upward  adjustment  of  the  IRR  over  a  portfolio’s  remaining  life.  Any 
increased  yield  then  becomes  the  new  benchmark  for  impairment  testing.    SOP  03-3  provides  that  previously 
issued annual financial statements would not need to be restated. Historically, as we have applied the guidance of 
Practice Bulletin 6, we have moved yields upward and downward as appropriate under that guidance. However, 
since  SOP  03-3  guidance  does  not  permit  yields  to  be  lowered,  under  either  the  revised  Practice  Bulletin 6  or 
SOP 03-3,  it  will  increase  the  probability  of  us  having  to  incur  impairment  charges  in  the  future,  which  could 
reduce our profitability in a given period and could negatively impact our stock price. 

We incur increased costs as a result of enacted and proposed changes in laws and regulations  

Enacted  and  proposed  changes  in  the  laws  and  regulations  affecting  public  companies,  including  the 
provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and rules proposed by the SEC and by the NASDAQ Global Stock 
Market, have resulted in increased costs to us as we implement their requirements. We continue to evaluate and 
monitor developments with respect to new and proposed rules and cannot predict or estimate the amount of the 
additional costs we will incur or the timing of such costs. 

The  future  impact  on  us  of  Section 404  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002  and  the  rules  and  regulations 
promulgated thereunder is unclear 

As  directed  by  Section  404  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  the  SEC  adopted  rules  requiring  public 
companies to include a report by management on the company’s internal control over financial reporting in our 
annual  reports  on  Form 10-K.  This  report  is  required  to  contain  an  assessment  by  management  of  the 
effectiveness of such company’s internal controls over financial reporting. In addition, the public accounting firm 
auditing  a  public  company’s  financial  statements  must  report  on  the  effectiveness  of  the  company’s  internal 
controls over financial reporting. In the future, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 
in a timely manner, it could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in 
the  reliability  of  our  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting,  which  could  cause  the  market  price  of  our 
common stock to decline and make it more difficult for us to finance our operations. 

The market price of our shares of common stock could fluctuate significantly  

Wide fluctuations in the trading price or volume of our shares of common stock could be caused by many 
factors, including factors relating to our company or to investor perception of our company (including changes in 

24

 
 
 
 
financial estimates and recommendations by research analysts), but also factors relating to (or relating to investor 
perception of) the accounts receivable management industry or the economy in general.  

We may not be able to retain, renegotiate or replace our existing credit facility 

If we are unable to retain, renegotiate or replace such facility, our growth could be adversely affected, which 

could negatively impact our business operations and the price of our common stock. 

We may not be able to continue to satisfy the restrictive covenants in our debt agreements 

All of our receivable portfolios are pledged to secure amounts owed to our lenders. Our debt agreements 
impose  a  number  of  restrictive  covenants  on  how  we  operate  our  business.  Failure  to  satisfy  any  one  of  these 
covenants could result in all or any of the following consequences, each of which could have a materially adverse 
effect on our ability to conduct business:  

•    

acceleration of outstanding indebtedness;  

•    

our inability to continue to purchase receivables needed to operate our business; or  

•    

our inability to secure alternative financing on favorable terms, if at all.  

Our  hedging  strategies  may  not  be  successful  in  mitigating  our  risks  associated  with  changes  in  interest  rates 
and could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition, as could our failure to comply with 
hedge accounting principles and interpretations 

We  entered  into  an  interest  rate swap  transaction  in  December  2008  to  mitigate  our  interest  rate  risk.  Our 
hedging  strategies  rely  on  assumptions  and  projections.  If  these  assumptions  and  projections  prove  to  be 
incorrect  or  our  hedges  do  not  adequately  mitigate  the  impact  of  changes  in  interest  rates,  we  may  experience 
volatility in our earnings that could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. 

In addition, hedge accounting in accordance with SFAS 133 requires the application of significant subjective 
judgments to a body of accounting concepts that is complex and for which the interpretations have continued to 
evolve  within  the  accounting  profession  and  amongst  the  standard-setting  bodies.   Our  failure  to  comply  with 
hedge accounting principles and interpretations could result in the loss of the applicability of hedge accounting 
which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. 

Terrorist attacks, war and threats of attacks and war may adversely impact results of operations, revenue, and 
stock price 

Terrorist  attacks,  war  and  the  outcome  of  war  and  threats  of  attacks  may  adversely  affect  our  results  of 
operations, revenue and stock price.  Any or all of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our 
results of operations, revenue and stock price. 

Failure to comply with government regulation of the collections industry could result in the suspension or 
termination of our ability to conduct its business 

The  collections  industry  is  governed  by  various  US  federal  and  state  laws  and  regulations.  Many  states 
require  us  to  be  a  licensed  debt  collector.  The  Federal  Trade  Commission  has  the  authority  to  investigate 
consumer  complaints  against  debt  collection  companies  and  to  recommend  enforcement  actions  and  seek 
monetary penalties.  If we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, it could result in the suspension, 
or termination of our ability to conduct collections which would materially adversely affect us.  In addition, new 
federal and state laws or regulations or changes in the ways these rules or laws are interpreted or enforced could 
limit our activities in the future or significantly increase the cost of compliance. 

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Changes in governmental laws and regulations could increase our costs and liabilities or impact our operations  

Changes  in  laws  and  regulations  and  the  manner  in  which  they  are  interpreted  or  applied  may  alter  our 
business  environment.  This  could  affect  our  results  of  operations  or  increase  our  liabilities.  These  negative 
impacts  could  result  from  changes  in  collection  laws,  laws  related  to  credit  reporting,  consumer  bankruptcy, 
accounting  standards,  taxation  requirements,  employment  laws  and  communications  laws,  among  others.  It  is 
possible that we could become subject to additional liabilities in the future resulting from changes in laws and 
regulations that could result in an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.  

Our  certificate  of  incorporation,  by-laws  and  Delaware  law  contain  provisions  that  may  prevent  or  delay  a 
change of control or that may otherwise be in the best interest of our stockholders  

Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws contain provisions that may make it more difficult, expensive or 
otherwise  discourage  a  tender  offer  or  a  change  in  control  or takeover attempt by a third-party, even if such a 
transaction  would  be  beneficial  to  our  stockholders.  The  existence  of  these  provisions  may  have  a  negative 
impact  on  the  price  of  our  common  stock  by  discouraging  third-party  investors  from  purchasing  our  common 
stock. In particular, our certificate of incorporation and by-laws include provisions that:  

•   classify our board of directors into three groups, each of which will serve for staggered three-year terms; 

•   permit a majority of the stockholders to remove our directors only for cause; 

•   permit our directors, and not our stockholders, to fill vacancies on our board of directors;  

•   require stockholders to give us advance notice to nominate candidates for election to our board of directors

or to make stockholder proposals at a stockholders’ meeting; 

•   permit a special meeting of our stockholders be called only by approval of a majority of the directors, the
chairman  of  the  board  of  directors,  the  chief  executive  officer,  the  president  or  the  written  request  of
holders owning at least 30% of our common stock; 

•   permit  our  board  of  directors  to  issue,  without  approval  of  our  stockholders,  preferred  stock  with  such

terms as our board of directors may determine; 

•   permit the authorized number of directors to be changed only by a resolution of the board of directors; and 

•   require the vote of the holders of a majority of our voting shares for stockholder amendments to our by-

laws.  

In addition, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law which provides certain 
restrictions on business combinations between us and any party acquiring a 15% or greater interest in our voting 
stock other than in a transaction approved by our board of directors and, in certain cases, by our stockholders. 
These  provisions  of  our  certificate  of  incorporation  and  by-laws  and  Delaware  law  could  delay  or  prevent  a 
change in control, even if our stockholders support such proposals. Moreover, these provisions could diminish 
the opportunities for stockholders to participate in certain tender offers, including tender offers at prices above 
the  then-current  market  value  of  our  common  stock,  and  may  also  inhibit  increases  in  the  trading  price  of  our 
common stock that could result from takeover attempts or speculation. 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments. 

None. 

26

 
 
       
 
       
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 2.  Properties. 

Our principal executive offices and primary operations facility are located in approximately 100,000 square 
feet  of  leased  space  in  three  adjacent  buildings  in  Norfolk,  Virginia.  This  site  can  currently  accommodate 
approximately  975  employees.    We  own  a  two-acre  parcel  of  land  across  from  our  headquarters  which  we 
developed into a parking lot for use by our employees.    

 We own an approximately 22,000 square foot facility in Hutchinson, Kansas, comprised of two buildings, 
and  contiguous  parcels  of  land  which  are  used  primarily  for  employee  parking.    The  Hutchinson  site  can 
currently accommodate approximately 250 employees.   

We  also  lease  a  facility  located  in approximately 23,000 square feet of space in Hampton, Virginia which 

can accommodate approximately 300 employees.   

We also lease a 13,500 square foot call center in Las Vegas, Nevada which can accommodate approximately 
150 employees.   In December 2008, we entered into a lease for an approximately 30,000 square foot call center 
in Las Vegas, Nevada.  The leased space is currently under renovations and is expected to be completed during 
the second quarter of 2009.  The newly leased space will be able to accommodate approximately 270 employees 
and will replace the 13,500 square foot call center. 

We also lease a 15,000 square-foot facility in Birmingham, Alabama which can accommodate approximately 

160 employees and approximately 400 square feet of space in Montgomery, Alabama. 

We  own  a  34,000  square  foot  building  and  a  nine-acre  parcel  of  land  in  Jackson,  Tennessee  which  can 

accommodate approximately 430 employees. 

For our MuniServices business, we lease approximately 26,000 square feet of office space in several offices 
around  the  country,  the  majority  of  which  is  in  Fresno,  California.    These  offices  can  accommodate 
approximately 140 employees.   

We  also  lease  a  facility  located  in  approximately  6,000  square  feet  of space in Houston, Texas which can 

accommodate approximately 30 employees.   

We do not consider any specific leased or owned facility to be material to our operations.  We believe that 

equally suitable alternative facilities are available in all areas where we currently do business. 

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings. 

From time to time, we are involved in various legal proceedings, most of which are incidental to the ordinary 
course  of  our  business.   We  regularly  initiate  lawsuits  against  consumers  and  are  occasionally  countersued  by 
them  in  such  actions.   Also,  consumers  occasionally  initiate  litigation  against  us,  in  which  they  allege  that  we 
have  violated  a  state  or  federal  law  in  the  process  of  collecting  on  an  account.   While  we  cannot  predict  the 
outcome of these proceedings, or of any other claims that may be brought against us, we do not believe that the 
collections related matters represent a substantial volume of our account, and it is not expected that these or any 
other legal proceedings or claims in which we are involved will, individually or in the aggregate, have a material 
impact on our business or financial condition.   

We  are  not  a  party  to  any  material  legal  proceedings  and  we  are  unaware  of  any  contemplated  material 

actions against us. 

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Securityholders. 

None.  

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

Item  5.    Market  for  Registrant’s  Common  Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters  and 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities. 

Price Range of Common Stock 

Our  common  stock  (“Common  Stock”)  began  trading  on  the  NASDAQ  Global  Stock  Market  under  the 
symbol “PRAA” on November 8, 2002.  Prior to that time there was no public trading market for our common 
stock.    The  following  table  sets  forth  the  high  and  low  sales  price  for  the  Common  Stock,  as  reported  by  the 
NASDAQ Global Stock Market, for the periods indicated. 

    2007 

Quarter ended March 31, 2007 
Quarter ended June 30, 2007 
Quarter ended September 30, 2007 
Quarter ended December 31, 2007 

2008 
Quarter ended March 31, 2008 
Quarter ended June 30, 2008 
Quarter ended September 30, 2008 
Quarter ended December 31, 2008 

High 

$49.20 
$62.61 
$65.66 
$54.89 

$50.50 
$47.75 
$52.73 
$49.49 

Low 

$41.63 
$43.50 
$44.26 
$36.28 

$27.43 
$37.12 
$35.09 
$24.70 

  As  of  February  4,  2009,  there  were  31  holders  of  record  of  the  Common  Stock.    Based  on  information 
provided by our transfer agent and registrar, we believe that there are 24,183 beneficial owners of the Common 
Stock. 

Stock Performance  

The following graph compares from December 31, 2003, to December 31, 2008, the cumulative stockholder 
returns assuming an initial investment of $100 on January 1, 2004 in the Company’s Common Stock, the stocks 
comprising  the  NASDAQ  Global  Market  Composite  Index,  the  NASDAQ  Market  Index  (U.S.)  and  the  stocks 
comprising  a  peer  group  index  consisting  of  six  peers.      Any  dividends  paid  during  the  five  year  period  are 
assumed to be reinvested. 

Stock Performance

$200

$100

$0

Dec 31, 2003

Dec 31, 2004

Dec 31, 2005

Dec 31, 2006

Dec 31, 2007

Dec 31, 2008

PRAA

Peer Group Index

NASDAQ Global Market Composite Index

NASDAQ Market Index (U.S.)

As of December 31, 
PRAA
NASDAQ Global Market Composite Index
NASDAQ Market Index (U.S.)
Peer Group Index

2004
155
109
109
116
The comparisons of stock performance shown above are not intended to forecast or be indicative of possible 
future performance of the Company’s common stock. The Company does not make or endorse any predictions as 
to its future stock performance.   

$              
$                
$                
$                

$              
$              
$              
$              

$              
$              
$              
$              

$              
$              
$              
$              

$              
$              
$              
$              

$          
$          
$          
$          

2003
100
100
100
100

2006
176
121
127
136

2005
175
110
113
139

2008
130
61
81
88

2007
152
126
139
133

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity Incentives 

The  table  below  provides  information  with  respect  to  securities  authorized  for  issuance  under  our  equity 

compensation plans as of December 31, 2008: 

Plan Category
Equity Compensation plans 
approved by security holders
Equity Compensation plans not 
approved by security holders

Total

Number of Securities 
Authorized for 
Issuance Under the 
Plan

Number of Securities to be Issued 
Upon Exercise of Outstanding 
Options or Nonvested Shares Under 
the Plan

Weighted-average 
Exercise Price of 
Outstanding Options and 
Nonvested Shares(1)

Remaining Available for 
Future Issuance Under 
the Equity Compensation 
Plan(2)

2,000,000

None

2,000,000

378,255

None

378,255

$5.61

N/A

$5.61

843,495

None

843,495

(1)  Includes grants of nonvested shares, for which there is no exercise price, but with respect to which 

shares are awarded without cost when the restrictions have been realized.  Excluding the impact of the 
nonvested shares, the weighted average exercise price of outstanding options is $17.24. 

(2)  Excludes 778,250 exercised options and vested shares, which are not available for re-issuance. 

Dividend Policy 

Our board of directors sets our dividend policy.  We do not currently pay regular dividends on our Common 
Stock; however, our board of directors may determine in the future to declare or pay dividends on our Common 
Stock.    On  April  23,  2007,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  authorized  a  special  one-time  cash  dividend  of 
$1.00 per share with a record date of May 9, 2007.  The cash dividends were paid on June 8, 2007 and totaled 
$16,069,694.  No dividends were paid during 2008.  Any future determination as to the declaration and payment 
of  dividends  will  be  at  the  discretion  of  our  board  of  directors  and  will  depend  on  then  existing  conditions, 
including  our  financial  condition,  results  of  operations,  contractual  restrictions,  capital  requirements,  business 
prospects and other factors that our board of directors may consider relevant. 

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data. 

The  following  selected  financial  data  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  audited  consolidated  financial 
statements.  

2008

2007

Years Ended December 31,
2006

2005

2004

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Revenues:

Income recognized on finance receivables, net
Commissions
Total revenues
Operating expenses:

Compensation and employee services
Outside legal and other fees and services
Communications
Rent and occupancy
Other operating expenses
Depreciation and amortization

Total operating expenses
Income from operations
Net interest income/(expenses)
Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes

Net income

Net income per share

Basic
Diluted

Weighted average shares

Basic
Diluted

OPERATING AND OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
Cash collections and commissions (1)
Operating expenses to cash collections and commissions
Return on equity (2)
Acquisitions of finance receivables, at cost (3)
Acquisitions of finance receivables, at face value
Employees at period end:
Total employees
Ratio of collection personnel to total employees (4)

$                

206,486
56,789
263,275

$                

184,705
36,043
220,748

$              

163,357
24,965
188,322

$              

134,674
13,851
148,525

$              

106,254
7,142
113,396

88,073
61,752
10,304
3,908
6,977
7,424
178,438
84,837
(11,091)
73,746
28,384

69,022
47,474
8,531
3,105
5,915
5,517
139,564
81,184
(3,285)
77,899
29,658

58,142
40,139
5,876
2,276
4,758
5,131
116,322
72,000
206
72,206
27,716

44,332
29,965
4,424
2,101
3,424
4,679
88,925
59,600
331
59,931
23,159

36,620
21,408
3,638
1,745
2,712
2,383
68,506
44,890
(51)
44,839
17,388

$                  

45,362

$                  

48,241

$                

44,490

$                

36,772

$                

27,451

$                      
$                      

2.98
2.97

$                      
$                      

3.08
3.06

$                    
$                    

2.80
2.77

$                    
$                    

2.35
2.28

$                    
$                    

1.79
1.73

15,229
15,292

15,646
15,779

15,911
16,082

15,642
16,149

15,357
15,853

$                

383,488
47%

$                

298,209
47%

$              

261,357
45%

$              

205,226
43%

$              

160,546
43%

17%

20%

20%

21%

20%

$                
$             

280,336
4,588,234

$                
$           

263,809
11,113,830

$              
$           

112,406
7,788,158

$              
$           

149,645
5,307,918

$                
$           

61,165
3,340,434

2,032

87%

1,677

88%

1,291

88%

1,110

88%

948

89%

(1)  Includes both cash collected on finance receivables and commission fees earned during the relevant period. 
(2)  Calculated by dividing net income for each year by average monthly stockholders’ equity for the same year. 
(3)  Represents cash paid for finance receivables.  It does not include certain capitalized costs or purchase price 
refunded  by  the  seller  due  to  the  return  of  non-compliant  accounts  (also  defined  as  buybacks).    Non-
compliant  refers  to  the  contractual  representations  and  warranties  provided  for  in  the  purchase  and  sale 
contract between the seller and us.  These representations and warranties from the sellers generally cover 
account holders’ death or bankruptcy and accounts settled or disputed prior to sale.  The seller can replace 
or repurchase these accounts. 

(4)  Includes all collectors and all first-line collection supervisors at December 31. 

Below is listed certain key balance sheet data for the periods presented: 

(Dollars in thousands)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents
Investments
Finance receivables, net
Total assets
Long-term debt
Total debt, including obligations under capital lease and line of credit
Total stockholders' equity

2008

2007

As of December 31,
2006

2005

2004

$    

13,901
-
563,830
657,840
-
268,305
283,863

$    

16,730
-
410,297
476,307
-
168,103
235,280

$    

25,101
-
226,447
293,378
690
932
247,278

$    

15,985
-
193,645
247,772
1,152
16,535
195,322

$    

24,513
23,950
105,189
175,176
1,924
2,501
151,389

30

 
 
 
                    
                    
                  
                  
                    
                  
                  
                
                
                
                    
                    
                  
                  
                  
                    
                    
                  
                  
                  
                    
                      
                    
                    
                    
                      
                      
                    
                    
                    
                      
                      
                    
                    
                    
                      
                      
                    
                    
                    
                  
                  
                
                  
                  
                    
                    
                  
                  
                  
                  
                    
                       
                       
                        
                    
                    
                  
                  
                  
                    
                    
                  
                  
                  
                    
                    
                  
                  
                  
                    
                    
                  
                  
                  
                      
                      
                    
                    
                       
 
 
 
            
            
            
            
      
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
            
            
           
        
        
    
    
           
      
        
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
Below is listed the quarterly consolidated income statements for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007: 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Revenues:

Income recognized on finance receivables, net
Commissions
Total revenues
Operating expenses:

Compensation and employee services
Outside legal and other fees and services
Communications
Rent and occupancy
Other operating expenses
Depreciation and amortization

Total operating expenses
Income from operations
Net interest income (expense)
Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes

Net income

Net income per share

Basic
Diluted

Weighted average shares

Basic
Diluted

Dec. 31,
2008

Sept. 30,
2008

June 30,
2008

For the Quarter Ended
Mar. 31,
Dec. 31,
2007
2008

Sept. 30,
2007

June 30,
2007

Mar. 31,
2007

$       

48,073
18,898
66,971

$       

52,738
15,848
68,586

$       

53,047
10,567
63,614

$       

52,628
11,476
64,104

$       

46,741
10,583
57,324

$       

46,111
8,529
54,640

$       

46,387
8,389
54,776

$       

45,466
8,542
54,008

23,091
15,352
2,769
1,078
2,114
2,285
46,689
20,282
(2,927)
17,355
6,746

22,983
16,709
2,263
1,123
1,912
2,162
47,152
21,434
(3,049)
18,385
6,930

20,872
15,118
2,403
869
1,595
1,507
42,364
21,250
(2,646)
18,604
7,178

21,127
14,573
2,869
838
1,356
1,470
42,233
21,871
(2,469)
19,402
7,530

18,584
12,944
2,604
888
1,449
1,405
37,874
19,450
(2,107)
17,343
6,667

17,322
11,847
2,038
819
1,605
1,455
35,086
19,554
(1,072)
18,482
6,787

16,681
11,246
2,005
739
1,478
1,362
33,511
21,265
(218)
21,047
8,058

16,435
11,437
1,884
659
1,383
1,295
33,093
20,915
112
21,027
8,146

$       

10,609

$       

11,455

$       

11,426

$       

11,872

$       

10,676

$       

11,695

$       

12,989

$       

12,881

$           
$           

0.69
0.69

$           
$           

0.75
0.75

$           
$           

0.75
0.75

$           
$           

0.78
0.78

$           
$           

0.71
0.70

$           
$           

0.76
0.75

$           
$           

0.81
0.80

$           
$           

0.81
0.80

15,283
15,329

15,267
15,336

15,193
15,268

15,170
15,237

15,136
15,230

15,451
15,577

16,005
16,168

15,993
16,140

Below is listed the quarterly consolidated balance sheets for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007: 

Dec. 31,
2008

Sept. 30,
2008

June 30,
2008

Mar. 31,
2008

Dec. 31,
2007

Sept. 30,
2007

June 30,
2007

Mar. 31,
2007

Quarter Ended

(Dollars in thousands)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Finance receivables, net
Property and equipment, net
Income taxes receivable
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Other assets
Total assets

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Liabilities

Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Income taxes payable
Accrued payroll and bonuses
Deferred tax liability
Line of credit
Long-term debt
Obligations under capital lease
Total liabilities

$                  

$                  

$                  

$                  

$              

$              

$              

$              

13,901
563,830
23,884
3,587
27,546
13,429
11,663
657,840

28,006
535,430
23,354
3,715
28,058
13,747
9,251
641,561

16,333
515,367
17,332
3,539
18,620
4,322
5,775
581,288

16,816
477,754
16,631
2,791
18,620
4,684
5,923
543,219

16,730
410,297
16,171
3,022
18,620
5,046
6,422
476,308

14,464
326,476
15,217
2,621
18,620
5,399
4,435
387,232

15,042
288,648
13,510
2,424
18,287
5,773
4,354
348,038

27,883
243,568
12,201
-
18,288
6,263
4,614
312,817

$                

$                

$                

$                

$            

$            

$            

$            

$                    

3,438
4,314
-
9,850
88,070
268,300
-

5
373,977

$                    

4,527
5,294
-
9,605
81,350
267,300
-
23
368,099

$                    

4,630
4,647
-
4,833
72,577
234,300
-
45
321,032

$                    

4,008
4,499
-
4,818
64,661
216,800
-
70
294,856

$                

4,055
4,471
-
6,820
57,579
168,000
-
103
241,028

$                

2,815
3,614
-
6,445
51,018
100,000
-
138
164,030

$                

2,456
3,477
-
4,327
43,970
38,000
19
174
92,423

$                

4,220
3,063
1,765
4,203
37,849
-
572
208
51,880

Stockholders' equity
Common stock
Additional paid in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive income
Total stockholders' equity

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

153
74,574
209,047
89
283,863
657,840

$                

153
74,873
198,436
-
273,462
641,561

$                

152
73,121
186,983
-
260,256
581,288

$                

152
72,654
175,557
-
248,363
543,219

$                

152
71,443
163,685
-
235,280
476,308

$            

151
70,044
153,007
-
223,202
387,232

$            

160
114,142
141,313
-
255,615
348,038

$            

160
116,383
144,394
-
260,937
312,817

$            

31

 
 
 
         
         
         
         
         
           
           
           
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
              
              
              
              
              
              
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
          
          
          
          
          
          
             
              
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
  
 
 
 
                  
                  
                  
                  
              
              
              
              
                    
                    
                    
                    
                
                
                
                
                      
                      
                      
                      
                  
                  
                  
                     
                    
                    
                    
                    
                
                
                
                
                    
                    
                      
                      
                  
                  
                  
                  
                    
                      
                      
                      
                  
                  
                  
                  
                      
                      
                      
                      
                  
                  
                  
                  
                         
                         
                         
                         
                     
                     
                     
                  
                      
                      
                      
                      
                  
                  
                  
                  
                    
                    
                    
                    
                
                
                
                
                  
                  
                  
                  
              
              
                
                     
                         
                         
                         
                         
                     
                     
                       
                     
                             
                           
                           
                           
                     
                     
                     
                     
                  
                  
                  
                  
              
              
                
                
                         
                         
                         
                         
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    
                    
                    
                    
                
                
              
              
                  
                  
                  
                  
              
              
              
              
                           
                         
                         
                         
                     
                     
                     
                     
                  
                  
                  
                  
              
              
              
              
 
  
Item  7.    Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of 
Operations. 

Results of Operations 

The following table sets forth certain operating data in dollars and as a percentage of total revenues for the 

years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006: 

(Dollars in thousands)
Revenues:

    Income recognized on finance receivables, net
    Commissions
Total revenues
Operating expenses:

    Compensation and employee services
    Outside legal and other fees and services
    Communications
    Rent and occupancy
    Other operating expenses
    Depreciation and amortization
Total operating expenses

Income from operations

Interest income
Interest expense

Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes

Net income

2008

2007

2006

$             

206,486
56,789
263,275

88,073
61,752
10,304
3,908
6,977
7,424
178,438
84,837
60
(11,151)
73,746
28,384
45,362

$              

78.4%
21.6
100.0

33.5
23.5
3.9
1.4
2.7
2.8
67.8
32.2
0.0
(4.2)
28.0
10.8
17.2%

$             

184,705
36,043
220,748

69,022
47,474
8,531
3,105
5,915
5,517
139,564
81,184
419
(3,704)
77,899
29,658
48,241

$              

83.7%
16.3
100.0

31.3
21.5
3.9
1.4
2.6
2.5
63.2
36.8
0.2
(1.7)
35.3
13.4
21.9%

$             

163,357
24,965
188,322

58,142
40,139
5,876
2,276
4,758
5,131
116,322
72,000
584
(378)
72,206
27,716
44,490

$               

86.7%
13.3
100.0

30.9
21.3
3.1
1.2
2.6
2.7
61.8
38.2
0.3
(0.2)
38.3
14.7
23.6%

Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007 

Revenues 

Total revenues were $263.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $42.6 million or 

19.3% compared to total revenues of $220.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. 

Income Recognized on Finance Receivables, net 

Income recognized on finance receivables, net was $206.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, 
an increase of $21.8 million or 11.8% compared to $184.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.  The 
majority  of  the  increase  was  due  to  an  increase  in  our  cash  collections  on  our  owned  defaulted  consumer 
receivables  to  $326.7  million  from  $262.2  million,  an  increase  of  $64.5  million  or  24.6%.    Our  finance 
receivables  amortization  rate,  including  the  net  allowance  charge,  on  our  owned  portfolios  for  the  year  ended 
December  31,  2008  was  36.8%  while  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2007  it  was  29.6%.    During  the  year 
ended December 31, 2008, we acquired defaulted consumer receivables portfolios with an aggregate face value 
amount  of  $4.6  billion  at  an  original  purchase  price  of  $280.3  million.    During  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2007, we acquired defaulted consumer receivable portfolios with an aggregate face value of $11.1 billion at an 
original  purchase  price  of  $263.8  million.    In  any  period,  we  acquire  defaulted  consumer  receivable  portfolios 
that  can  vary  dramatically  in  their  age,  type  and  ultimate  collectibility.  We  may  pay  significantly  different 
purchase  rates  for  purchased  receivables  within  any  period  as  a  result  of  this  quality  fluctuation.  In  addition, 
market forces can drive pricing rates up or down in any period, irrespective of other quality fluctuations. As a 
result,  the  average  purchase  rate  paid  for  any  given  period  can  fluctuate  dramatically  based  on  our  particular 
buying activity in that period.  However, regardless of the average purchase price, we intend to target a similar 
internal rate of return (after direct expenses) in pricing our portfolio acquisitions; therefore, the absolute rate paid 
is not necessarily relevant to estimated profitability of a period’s buying. 

Income  recognized  on  finance  receivables  is  shown  net  of  changes  in  valuation  allowances  recognized 
under  SOP  03-3,  which  requires  that  a  valuation  allowance  be  taken  for  decreases  in  expected  cash  flows  or 
change  in  timing  of  cash  flows  which  would  otherwise  require  a  reduction  in  the  stated  yield  on  a  pool  of 
accounts.  For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, we recorded net allowance charges of $19.4 million 
and $2.9 million, respectively.   

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commissions 

Commissions  were  $56.8  million  for  the  year  ended December  31,  2008,  an  increase  of  $20.8  million  or 
57.8% compared to commissions of $36.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.  Commissions grew as 
a  result  of  the  acquisition  of  MuniServices,  LLC  (“MuniServices”)  on  July  1,  2008,  as  well  as  increases  in 
revenue generated by our IGS fee-for-service business and RDS government processing and collection business, 
partially offset by a decrease in our Anchor contingent fee business, which ceased operations during the second 
quarter of 2008, as compared to the prior year period. 

Operating Expenses 

Total operating expenses were $178.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $38.8 
million or 27.8% compared to total operating expenses of $139.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.  
Total  operating  expenses  were  46.5%  of  cash  receipts  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008  compared  with 
46.8% for the same period in 2007. 

Compensation and Employee Services 

Compensation and employee services expenses were $88.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, 
an  increase  of  $19.1  million  or  27.7%  compared  to  compensation  and  employee  services  expenses  of  $69.0 
million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase is mainly due to the acquisition of MuniServices as 
well  as  an  overall  increase  in  our  owned  portfolio  collection  staff.    This  increase  was  offset  by  a  reversal  or 
decrease of $1.2 million during 2008 of estimated share-based compensation costs that had been accrued in 2007 
related  to  the  2007  Long  Term  Incentive  Programs  because  the  achievement  of  the  performance  targets  of  the 
program  were  unlikely  to  be  achieved.      Compensation  and  employee  services  expenses  increased  as  total 
employees  grew  from  1,677  at  December  31,  2007  to  2,032  at  December  31,  2008.    Additionally,  existing 
employees received normal salary increases.  Compensation and employee services expenses as a percentage of 
cash receipts decreased to 23.0% for the year ended December 31, 2008 from 23.2% of cash receipts for the same 
period in 2007. 

Outside Legal and Other Fees and Services 

Outside  legal  and  other  fees  and  services  expenses  were  $61.8  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2008, an increase of $14.3 million or 30.1% compared to outside legal and other fees and services expenses of 
$47.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Of the $14.3 million increase, $6.6 million was attributable 
to increases in agency fees mainly incurred by our IGS subsidiary, $0.9 million was attributable to an increase in 
corporate  legal  and  accounting  fees,  $1.3  million  was  attributable  to  an  increase  in  other  outside  fees  and 
services, partially offset by a $0.6 million decrease in credit bureau fees.  Of the remaining $6.1 million increase, 
$2.2 million was attributable to incremental legal costs advanced to our third party collection attorneys. Based on 
an analysis of our legal accounts and their liquidation potential, it was determined that we were underinvested in 
terms of costs advanced to attorneys.  The remaining $3.9 million was attributable to the increased legal fees and 
costs  incurred  resulting  from  the  increased  number  of  accounts  referred  to  both  our  in  house  attorneys  and 
outside  independent  contingent  fee  attorneys.  Total  outside  legal  expenses  paid  to  independent  contingent  fee 
attorneys for the year ended December 31, 2008 were 39.4% of legal cash collections generated by independent 
contingent fee attorneys compared to 34.6% for the year ended December 31, 2007.  Outside legal fees and costs 
paid to independent contingent fee attorneys increased from $29.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 
to $33.3 million, an increase of $4.2 million or 14.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2008.  Additionally, as 
disclosed previously, we also effectuate legal collections using our own in house attorneys.  Total legal expenses 
incurred by our in house attorneys for the year ended December 31, 2008 were 41.4% of legal cash collections 
generated by our in house attorneys compared to 29.0% for the year ended December 31, 2007.  Legal fees and 
costs incurred by our in house attorneys increased from $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 to 
$3.5 million, an increase of $1.9 million or 119.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2008. 

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Communications 

Communications  expenses  were  $10.3  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008,  an  increase  of $1.8 
million or 21.2% compared to communications expenses of $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.  
The increase was attributable to growth in mailings and higher telephone expenses driven by a greater number of 
defaulted  consumer  receivables  to  work,  as  well  as  a  significant  expansion  of  our  automated  dialer  seats  and 
related  calls  that  are  generated  by  the  dialer.    Mailings  were  responsible  for  54.8%  or  $1.0  million  of  this 
increase, while the remaining 45.2% or $0.8 million was attributable to increased call volumes. 

Rent and Occupancy 

Rent and occupancy expenses were $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $0.8 
million  or  25.8%  compared  to  rent  and  occupancy  expenses  of  $3.1  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2007.    The  increase  was  primarily  due  to  the  expansion  of  space  in  our  Norfolk,  Virginia  administrative  and 
executive  facility  and  the  acquisition  of  MuniServices,  as  well  as  increased  utility  charges.  The  new  Norfolk, 
Virginia administrative and executive facility accounted for $355,000 of the increase, the MuniServices location 
accounted for $293,000 of the increase and other occupancy charges accounted for $253,000 of the increase.  In 
addition, there was a decrease of $74,000 in storage and other facility charges.  

Other Operating Expenses 

Other  operating  expenses  were  $7.0  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008,  an  increase  of  $1.1 
million or 18.6% compared to other operating expenses of $5.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.  
The  increase  was  due  to  increases  in  travel  and  meals,  miscellaneous  expenses,  repairs  and  maintenance,  dues 
and  subscriptions  and  other  expenses  as  well  as  decreases  in  taxes  (non-income),  fees  and  licenses  and  hiring 
expenses.  Travel and meals increased by $201,000, miscellaneous expenses increased by $268,000, repairs and 
maintenance increased by $508,000, dues and subscriptions increased by $125,000 and other expenses increased 
by  $75,000.  Taxes  (non-income),  fees  and  licenses  decreased  by  $37,000  and  hiring  expenses  decreased  by 
$77,000. 

Depreciation and Amortization 

Depreciation  and  amortization  expenses  were  $7.4  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008,  an 
increase  of  $1.9  million  or  34.5%  compared  to  depreciation  and  amortization  expenses  of  $5.5  million  for  the 
year  ended  December  31,  2007.    The  increase  is  mainly  due  to  capital  purchases  in  our  administrative  and 
executive  facility  in  Norfolk,  Virginia  as  well  as  additional  expense  incurred  related  to  the  amortization  of 
intangible  assets  in  the  acquisition  of  MuniServices  on  July  1,  2008,  and  the  acquisition  of  the  assets  of 
Broussard  Partners  and  Associates,  Inc.  (“BPA”)  on  August  1,  2008.    Additional  increases  are  the  result  of 
continued  capital  expenditures  on  equipment,  software  and  computers  related  to  our  growth  and  systems 
upgrades. 

Interest Income 

Interest  income  was  $60,000  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008,  a  decrease  of  $359,000  or  85.7% 
compared to interest income of $419,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007. This decrease is mainly due to 
lower average invested cash and cash equivalents balances during the year ended December 31, 2008 compared 
to the same period in 2007. 

Interest Expense 

Interest  expense  was  $11.2  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008,  an  increase  of  $7.5  million 
compared to interest expense of $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.  The increase is mainly due 
to  a  significant  increase  in  outstanding  borrowings  on  our  line  of  credit  during  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2008  compared  to  the  same  period  in  2007.    The  increase  was  offset  by  a  decrease  in  our  weighted  average 
interest rate which decreased to 4.60% for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to 6.64% for the year 
ended December 31, 2007. 

34

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for Income Taxes  

Income tax expense was $28.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, a decrease of $1.3 million or 
4.4% compared to income tax expense of $29.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.  The decrease is 
mainly due to a 5.4% decrease in pre-tax income, down from $77.9 million in 2007, to $73.7 million in 2008, 
offset by a slight increase in the effective tax rate from 38.1% for the year ended December 31, 2007 to 38.5% 
for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008.  The  higher  effective  tax  rate  was  due  mainly  to  more  state  tax  credits 
generated during the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the same period in 2008. 

Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006 

Revenues 

Total revenues were $220.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, an increase of $32.4 million or 

17.2% compared to total revenues of $188.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. 

Income Recognized on Finance Receivables, net 

Income recognized on finance receivables, net was $184.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, 
an increase of $21.3 million or 13.0% compared to $163.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.  The 
majority  of  the  increase  was  due  to  an  increase  in  our  cash  collections  on  our  owned  defaulted  consumer 
receivables  to  $262.2  million  from  $236.4  million,  an  increase  of  $25.8  million  or  10.9%.    Our  finance 
receivables  amortization  rate,  including  the  allowance  charge,  on  our  owned  portfolios  for  the  year  ended 
December  31,  2007  was  29.6%  while  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2006  it  was  30.9%.    During  the  year 
ended December 31, 2007, we acquired defaulted consumer receivables portfolios with an aggregate face value 
amount of $11.1 billion at an original purchase price of $263.8 million.  During the year ended December 31, 
2006,  we  acquired  defaulted  consumer  receivable  portfolios  with  an  aggregate  face  value  of  $7.8  billion  at  an 
original  purchase  price  of  $112.4  million.    In  any  period,  we  acquire  defaulted  consumer  receivables  that  can 
vary dramatically in their age, type and ultimate collectibility. We may pay significantly different purchase rates 
for  purchased  receivables  within  any  period  as  a  result  of  this  quality  fluctuation.  As  a  result,  the  average 
purchase rate paid for any given period can fluctuate dramatically based on our particular buying activity in that 
period.  However, regardless of the average purchase price, we intend to target a similar internal rate of return 
(after  direct  expenses)  in  pricing  our  portfolio  acquisitions;  therefore,  the  absolute  rate  paid  is  not  necessarily 
relevant to estimated profitability of a period’s buying. 

Income  recognized  on  finance  receivables  is  shown  net  of  changes  in  valuation  allowances  recognized 
under  SOP  03-3,  which  requires  that  a  valuation  allowance  be  taken  for  decreases  in  expected  cash  flows  or 
change  in  timing  of  cash  flows  which  would  otherwise  require  a  reduction  in  the  stated  yield  on  a  pool  of 
accounts.  For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, we recorded net allowance charges of $2.9 million 
and $1.1 million, respectively.   

Commissions 

Commissions  were  $36.0  million  for  the  year  ended December  31,  2007,  an  increase  of  $11.0  million  or 
44.0% compared to commissions of $25.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.  Commissions grew as 
a result of increases in revenue generated by our IGS fee-for-service business and RDS government processing 
and  collection  business  offset  by  a  decrease  in  our  ARM  contingent  fee  business  compared  to  the  prior  year 
period.   

Operating Expenses 

Total operating expenses were $139.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, an increase of $23.3 
million or 20.0% compared to total operating expenses of $116.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.  
Total  operating  expenses  were  46.8%  of  cash  receipts  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2007  compared  with 
44.5% for the same period in 2006. 

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation and Employee Services 

Compensation and employee services expenses were $69.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, 
an  increase  of  $10.9  million  or  18.8%  compared  to  compensation  and  employee  services  expenses  of  $58.1 
million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2006.      Compensation  and  employee  services  expenses  increased  as 
total  employees  grew  from  1,291  at  December  31,  2006  to  1,677  at  December  31,  2007,  primarily  to 
accommodate our owned portfolio purchasing growth.  Additionally, existing employees received normal salary 
increases.  Compensation and employee services expenses as a percentage of cash receipts increased to 23.2% for 
the  year  ended  December  31,  2007  from  22.3%  of  cash  receipts  for  the  same  period  in  2006,  mainly  due  to  a 
significant  increase  in  employee  staffing,  especially  in  our  newer  Jackson,  Tennessee  call  center,  with  a 
corresponding  decrease  in  collector  productivity  caused  mostly  by  the  addition  of  this  less  tenured  collection 
staff. 

Outside Legal and Other Fees and Services 

Outside  legal  and  other  fees  and  services  expenses  were  $47.5  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2007,  an  increase  of  $7.4  million  or  18.5%  compared  to  outside  legal  and  other  fees and  services  expenses  of 
$40.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Of the $7.4 million increase, $4.6 million was attributable 
to increases in agency fees mainly incurred by our IGS subsidiary, $0.4 million was attributable to increases in 
outside fees and services, and $0.2 million was attributable to increases in credit bureau fees. This was offset by a 
$0.1 million decrease in corporate legal expenses.  The remaining $2.3 million increase was attributable to the 
increased legal fees and costs incurred resulting from the increased number of accounts referred to both our in 
house  attorneys  and  outside  independent  contingent  fee  attorneys.  Total  outside  legal  expenses  paid  to 
independent contingent fee attorneys for the year ended December 31, 2007 were 34.6% of legal cash collections 
generated by independent contingent fee attorneys compared to 36.1% for the year ended December 31, 2006.  
Outside  legal  fees  and  costs  paid  to  independent  contingent  fee  attorneys  increased  from  $27.5  million  for  the 
year  ended  December  31,  2006  to  $29.1  million,  an  increase  of  $1.6  million  or  5.8%,  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2007.  Additionally, as disclosed previously, we also effectuate legal collections using our own in 
house attorneys.  Total legal expenses incurred by our in house attorneys for the year ended December 31, 2007 
were 29.0% of legal cash collections generated by our in house attorneys compared to 26.4% for the year ended 
December 31, 2006.  Legal fees and costs incurred by our in house attorneys increased from $1.0 million for the 
year  ended  December  31,  2006  to  $1.6  million,  an  increase  of  $0.6  million  or  37.5%,  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2007. 

Communications 

Communications  expenses  were  $8.5  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2007,  an  increase  of  $2.6 
million or 44.1% compared to communications expenses of $5.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.  
The  increase  was  attributable  to  growth  in  mailings  and  higher  telephone  expenses  incurred  to  collect  on  a 
greater  number  of  defaulted  consumer  receivables  owned  and  serviced  as  well  as  the  addition  of  our  new  call 
center  in  Jackson,  Tennessee.    Mailings  were responsible for 53.8% or $1.4 million of this increase, while the 
remaining 46.2% or $1.2 million was attributable to increased call volumes. 

Rent and Occupancy 

Rent and occupancy expenses were $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, an increase of $0.8 
million  or  34.8%  compared  to  rent  and  occupancy  expenses  of  $2.3  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2006.  The increase was primarily due to the addition of our new RDS facility, the addition of our new Norfolk, 
Virginia administrative and executive facility as well as increased utility charges. Of the $0.8 million increase in 
2007,  the  new  RDS  location  accounted  for  $123,000  of  the  increase,  the new Norfolk, Virginia administrative 
and executive facility accounted for $391,000 of the increase and utility and other occupancy charges accounted 
for $233,000 of the increase.  In addition, there was an increase of $83,000 in storage and other facility charges.  

Other Operating Expenses 

Other  operating  expenses  were  $5.9  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2007,  an  increase  of  $1.2 
million or 22.9% compared to other operating expenses of $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.  
The increase was due to increases in travel and meals, miscellaneous expenses, repairs and maintenance, taxes 
36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
(non-income),  fees  and  licenses  and  other  expenses.    Travel  and  meals  increased  by  $317,000,  miscellaneous 
expenses increased by $465,000, repairs and maintenance increased by $114,000, taxes (non-income), fees and 
licenses increased by $231,000 and other expenses increased by $30,000. 

Depreciation and Amortization 

Depreciation  and  amortization  expenses  were  $5.5  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2007,  an 
increase of $0.4 million or 7.8% compared to depreciation and amortization expenses of $5.1 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2006.  The increase is mainly due to capital purchases for our new call center in Jackson, 
Tennessee,  as  well  as  capital  purchases  for  the  addition  of  our  new  RDS  facility,  our  new  administrative  and 
executive  facility  in  Norfolk,  Virginia  and  our  expanded  call  center  in  Hutchinson,  Kansas.      These  increases 
were  offset  by  a  decrease  in  the  amortization  expense  on  intangible  assets  of  $0.4  million  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2007, when compared to the prior year period.  

Interest Income 

Interest  income  was  $419,000  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2007,  a  decrease  of  $165,000  or  28.3% 
compared to interest income of $584,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006. This decrease is the result of 
lower average invested cash and cash equivalents balances during the year ended December 31, 2007 compared 
to the same period in 2006. 

Interest Expense 

Interest  expense  was  $3,704,000  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2007,  an  increase  of  $3,325,000 
compared to interest expense of $379,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006.  The increase is mainly due to 
a significant increase in outstanding borrowings on our lines of credit during the year ended December 31, 2007 
compared to the same period in 2006. 

Provision for Income Taxes  

Income tax expense was $29.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, an increase of $2.0 million or 
7.2% compared to income tax expense of $27.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.  The increase is 
mainly due to a 7.9% increase in pre-tax income, up from $72.2 million in 2006, to $77.9 million in 2007, offset 
by a slight reduction in the effective tax rate from 38.4% for year ended December 31, 2006 versus 38.1% for the 
year ended December 31, 2007. The lower effective tax rate was due mainly to state tax credits. 

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplemental Performance Data 

Owned Portfolio Performance: 

The following tables show certain data related to our owned portfolio.  These tables describe the purchase 
price, cash collections and related multiples.  Further, these tables disclose our entire portfolio, the portfolio of 
purchased bankrupt accounts only and our entire portfolio less the impact of our purchased bankrupt accounts.   
The accounts represented in the purchased bankruptcy tables are those accounts that were bankrupt at the time of 
purchase.  This contrasts with accounts that file bankruptcy after we purchase them. 

Entire Portfolio ($ in thousands) 

Purchase
Period

Purchase
Price(1)

Life to Date 
Reserve
Allowance (2)

Unamortized
Purchase Price
Balance at
December 31, 2008 (3)

Percentage
of Purchase Price
Remaining Unamortized
at December 31, 2008 (4)

Actual Cash
Collections
Including Cash
Sales

Estimated
Remaining 
Collections (5)

Total Estimated
Collections (6)

Total Estimated
Collections to
Purchase Price (7)

1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008

$3,080
$7,685
$11,089
$18,898
$25,020
$33,481
$42,325
$61,449
$59,178
$143,213
$107,802
$258,772
$278,511

$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$105
$0
$495
$1,760
$5,750
$7,510
$7,380
$620

$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$234
$0
$2,156
$4,630
$50,272
$55,384
$193,669
$257,485

0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
1%
0%
4%
8%
35%
51%
75%
92%

$9,898
$24,688
$35,831
$64,698
$104,855
$156,953
$170,609
$219,894
$155,011
$213,551
$116,723
$157,274
$61,277

$30
$150
$362
$866
$2,650
$5,040
$6,587
$15,665
$26,575
$106,958
$107,490
$355,745
$487,447

$9,928
$24,838
$36,193
$65,564
$107,505
$161,993
$177,196
$235,559
$181,586
$320,509
$224,213
$513,019
$548,724

322%
323%
326%
347%
430%
484%
419%
383%
307%
224%
208%
198%
197%

Purchased Bankruptcy Portfolio ($ in thousands) 

Purchase
Period

Purchase
Price(1)

Life to Date 
Reserve
Allowance (2)

Unamortized
Purchase Price
Balance at
December 31, 2008 (3)

Percentage
of Purchase Price
Remaining Unamortized
at December 31, 2008 (4)

Actual Cash
Collections
Including Cash
Sales

Estimated
Remaining 
Collections (5)

Total Estimated
Collections (6)

Total Estimated
Collections to
Purchase Price (7)

1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008

$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$7,469
$29,302
$17,643
$78,933
$111,063

$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$1,240
$535
$1,360
$0
$0

$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$332
$3,598
$3,038
$62,077
$105,049

0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
4%
12%
17%
79%
95%

$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$13,485
$38,056
$21,585
$30,822
$14,024

$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$745
$5,414
$6,151
$87,556
$167,098

$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$14,230
$43,470
$27,736
$118,378
$181,122

0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
191%
148%
157%
150%
163%

Entire Portfolio less Purchased Bankruptcy Portfolio ($ in thousands) 

Purchase
Period

Purchase
Price(1)

Life to Date 
Reserve
Allowance (2)

Unamortized
Purchase Price
Balance at
December 31, 2008 (3)

Percentage
of Purchase Price
Remaining Unamortized
at December 31, 2008 (4)

Actual Cash
Collections
Including Cash
Sales

Estimated
Remaining 
Collections (5)

Total Estimated
Collections (6)

Total Estimated
Collections to
Purchase Price (7)

1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008

$3,080
$7,685
$11,089
$18,898
$25,020
$33,481
$42,325
$61,449
$51,709
$113,911
$90,159
$179,839
$167,448

$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$105
$0
$495
$520
$5,215
$6,150
$7,380
$620

$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$234
$0
$2,156
$4,298
$46,674
$52,346
$131,592
$152,436

$9,898
$24,688
$35,831
$64,698
$104,855
$156,953
$170,609
$219,894
$141,526
$175,495
$95,138
$126,452
$47,253

$30
$150
$362
$866
$2,650
$5,040
$6,587
$15,665
$25,830
$101,544
$101,339
$268,189
$320,349

$9,928
$24,838
$36,193
$65,564
$107,505
$161,993
$177,196
$235,559
$167,356
$277,039
$196,477
$394,641
$367,602

322%
323%
326%
347%
430%
484%
419%
383%
324%
243%
218%
219%
220%

0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
1%
0%
4%
8%
41%
58%
73%
91%

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
(1)  Purchase price refers to the cash paid to a seller to acquire defaulted consumer receivables, plus certain 
capitalized  costs,  less  the  purchase  price  refunded  by  the  seller  due  to  the  return  of  non-compliant 
accounts  (also  defined  as  buybacks).    Non-compliant  refers  to  the  contractual  representations  and 
warranties  provided  for  in  the  purchase  and  sale  contract  between  the  seller  and  us.    These 
representations  and  warranties  from  the  sellers  generally  cover  account  holders’  death  or  bankruptcy 
and accounts settled or disputed prior to sale.  The seller can replace or repurchase these accounts. 

(2)  Life to date reserve allowance refers to the total amount of allowance charges incurred on our owned 

portfolios net of any reversals. 

(3)  Unamortized  purchase  price  balance  refers  to  the  purchase  price  less  amortization  over  the  life  of  the 

portfolio. 

(4)  Percentage of purchase price remaining unamortized refers to the amount of unamortized purchase price 

divided by the purchase price. 

(5)  Estimated remaining collections refers to the sum of all future projected cash collections on our owned 

portfolios.   

(6)  Total  estimated  collections  refers  to  the  actual  cash  collections,  including  cash  sales,  plus  estimated 

remaining collections. 

(7)  Total  estimated  collections  to  purchase  price  refers  to  the  total  estimated  collections  divided  by  the 

purchase price. 

The  following  graph  shows  the  purchase  price  of  our  owned  portfolios  by  year  beginning  in  1996.    The 
purchase  price  number  represents  the  cash  paid  to  the  seller  to  acquire  defaulted  consumer  receivables,  plus 
certain  capitalized  costs,  less  the  purchase  price  refunded  by  the  seller  due  to  the  return  of  non-compliant 
accounts. 

Portfolio Purchases by Year

($ in thousands)
$300,000
$280,000
$260,000
$240,000
$220,000
$200,000
$180,000
$160,000
$140,000
$120,000
$100,000
$80,000
$60,000
$40,000
$20,000
$0

1996

1997

1998

1999

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

 We  utilize  a  long-term  approach  to  collecting  our  owned  portfolios  of  receivables.    This  approach  has 
historically  caused  us  to  realize  significant  cash  collections  and  revenues  from  purchased  portfolios  of  finance 
receivables  years  after  they  are  originally  acquired.    As  a  result,  we  have  in  the  past  been  able  to  temporarily 
reduce our level of current period acquisitions without a corresponding negative current period impact on cash 
collections and revenue. 

39

 
 
 
The following tables, which exclude any proceeds from cash sales of finance receivables, demonstrates our 

ability to realize significant multi-year cash collection streams on our owned portfolios.   

Cash Collections By Year, By Year of Purchase - Entire Portfolio 

($ in thousands)
Purchase
Period
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008

3,080
7,685
11,089
18,898
25,020
33,481
42,325
61,449
59,178
143,213
107,802
258,772
278,511
1,050,503

Purchase
Price

$            

1996
$         

1997

1998

1999

2000

$        

$          

$          

$          

Cash Collection Period
2002
$             

2001
$             

548
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
548

2,484
2,507
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4,991

1,890
5,215
3,776
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
10,881

1,348
4,069
6,807
5,138
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
17,362

1,025
3,347
6,398
13,069
6,894
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
30,733

730
2,630
5,152
12,090
19,498
13,048
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
53,148

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

$                

398
1,324
2,797
7,336
16,628
28,003
36,258
24,308
-
-
-
-
-

$                

285
1,022
2,200
5,615
14,098
26,717
35,742
49,706
18,019
-
-
-
-

$                

210
860
1,811
4,352
10,924
22,639
32,497
52,640
46,475
18,968
-
-
-

$                

237
597
1,415
3,032
8,067
16,048
24,729
43,728
40,424
75,145
22,971
-
-

$                

102
437
882
2,243
5,202
10,011
16,527
30,695
30,750
69,862
53,192
42,263
-

$         

117,052

$         

153,404

$         

191,376

$         

236,393

$         

262,166

496
1,829
3,948
9,598
19,478
28,831
15,073
-
-
-
-
-
-
79,253

2008
$                  

83
346
616
1,533
3,604
6,164
9,772
18,818
19,339
49,576
40,560
115,011
61,277
326,699

Total
$                
$              
$              
$              
$            
$            
$            
$            
$            
$            
$            
$            
$              
$         

9,836
24,183
35,802
64,006
104,393
151,461
170,598
219,895
155,007
213,551
116,723
157,274
61,277
1,484,006

Total

$     

$         

$        

$        

$        

$        

$        

$        

$         

Cash Collections By Year, By Year of Purchase – Purchased Bankruptcy Portfolio 

1996
-
$          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
$          
-

1997
-
$            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
$            
-

1998
-
$              
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
$              
-

1999
-
$              
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
$              
-

2000
-
$              
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

$             

Cash Collection Period
2002
-
$              
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

2001
-
$              
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

$             

$             

2003

-
$                
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

$               

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

Total

-
$                
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
743
-
-
-
-
743

$               

-
$                
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4,554
3,777
-
-
-
8,331

$            

-
$                
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3,956
15,500
5,608
-
-
25,064

$           

-
$                
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2,777
11,934
9,455
2,850
-
27,016

$           

-
$                
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1,455
6,845
6,522
27,972
14,024
56,818

$          

$                    
-
$                    
-
$                    
-
$                    
-
$                    
-
$                    
-
$                    
-
$                    
-
$              
13,485
$              
38,056
$              
21,585
$              
30,822
$              
14,024
$           
117,972

($ in thousands)
Purchase
Period
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008

Purchase
Price

-
$                
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
7,469
29,302
17,643
78,933
111,063
244,410

$        

Total

Cash Collections By Year, By Year of Purchase - Entire Portfolio less Purchased Bankruptcy Portfolio 

($ in thousands)
Purchase
Period
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008

Purchase
Price
$            

3,080
7,685
11,089
18,898
25,020
33,481
42,325
61,449
51,709
113,911
90,159
179,839
167,448
806,093

1996
$         

1997

1998

1999

2000

$        

$          

$          

$          

Cash Collection Period
2002
$             

2001
$             

548
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
548

2,484
2,507
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4,991

1,890
5,215
3,776
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
10,881

1,348
4,069
6,807
5,138
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
17,362

1,025
3,347
6,398
13,069
6,894
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
30,733

730
2,630
5,152
12,090
19,498
13,048
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
53,148

496
1,829
3,948
9,598
19,478
28,831
15,073
-
-
-
-
-
-
79,253

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

$                

398
1,324
2,797
7,336
16,628
28,003
36,258
24,308
-
-
-
-
-

$                

285
1,022
2,200
5,615
14,098
26,717
35,742
49,706
17,276
-
-
-
-

$                

210
860
1,811
4,352
10,924
22,639
32,497
52,640
41,921
15,191
-
-
-

$                

237
597
1,415
3,032
8,067
16,048
24,729
43,728
36,468
59,645
17,363
-
-

$                

102
437
882
2,243
5,202
10,011
16,527
30,695
27,973
57,928
43,737
39,413
-

2008
$                  

83
346
616
1,533
3,604
6,164
9,772
18,818
17,884
42,731
34,038
87,039
47,253
269,881

Total
$                
$              
$              
$              
$            
$            
$            
$            
$            
$            
$              
$            
$              
$        

9,836
24,183
35,802
64,006
104,393
151,461
170,598
219,895
141,522
175,495
95,138
126,452
47,253
1,366,034

Total

$        

$         

$        

$        

$        

$       

$       

$        

117,052

$        

152,661

$        

183,045

$         

211,329

$         

235,150

$        

$       

40

 
 
              
            
          
            
            
            
            
            
               
               
                  
                  
                  
                  
            
            
              
            
            
            
            
            
               
               
               
               
                  
                  
            
            
              
                
            
          
          
            
               
               
               
               
               
               
            
            
              
                
                
            
          
          
             
             
             
               
               
               
            
            
              
                
                
                
          
          
             
             
             
             
             
               
            
            
              
                
                
                
                
          
             
             
             
             
             
               
            
            
              
                
                
                
                
                
             
             
             
             
             
             
            
            
              
                
                
                
                
                
                  
             
             
             
             
             
          
            
              
                
                
                
                
                
                  
                  
             
             
             
             
          
            
              
                
                
                
                
                
                  
                  
                  
             
             
             
          
            
              
                
                
                
                
                
                  
                  
                  
                  
             
           
          
            
              
                
                
                
                
                
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
             
 
                  
            
              
                
                
                
                
                
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
            
              
                
                
                
                
                
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
            
              
                
                
                
                
                
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
            
              
                
                
                
                
                
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
            
              
                
                
                
                
                
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
            
              
                
                
                
                
                
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
            
              
                
                
                
                
                
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
              
            
              
                
                
                
                
                
                  
                  
               
               
               
               
            
            
              
                
                
                
                
                
                  
                  
               
             
             
               
            
            
              
                
                
                
                
                
                  
                  
                  
               
               
               
            
            
              
                
                
                
                
                
                  
                  
                  
                  
               
             
          
            
              
                
                
                
                
                
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
             
 
              
            
          
            
            
            
            
            
               
               
                  
                  
                  
                  
            
            
              
            
            
            
            
            
               
               
               
               
                  
                  
            
            
              
                
            
          
          
            
               
               
               
               
               
               
            
            
              
                
                
            
          
          
             
             
             
               
               
               
            
            
              
                
                
                
          
          
             
             
             
             
             
               
            
            
              
                
                
                
                
          
             
             
             
             
             
               
            
            
              
                
                
                
                
                
             
             
             
             
             
             
            
            
              
                
                
                
                
                
                  
             
             
             
             
             
          
            
              
                
                
                
                
                
                  
                  
             
             
             
             
            
            
              
                
                
                
                
                
                  
                  
                  
             
             
             
          
            
              
                
                
                
                
                
                  
                  
                  
                  
             
             
          
            
              
                
                
                
                
                
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
             
 
 
 
 
When  we  acquire  a  new  portfolio  of  finance  receivables,  our  estimates  typically  result  in  a  84-96  month 
projection of cash collections.  The following chart shows our historical cash collections (including cash sales of 
finance receivables) in relation to the aggregate of the total estimated collection projections made at the time of 
each respective pool purchase. 

Actual Cash Collections and Cash Sales vs. Original Projections
($ in millions)

Actual Cash  Collections

Original Projections

$1,600

$1,400

$1,200

$1,000

$800

$600

$400

$200

$0

8
9
-
n
a
J

8
9
-
y
a
M

8
9
-
p
e
S

9
9
-
n
a
J

9
9
-
y
a
M

9
9
-
p
e
S

0
0
-
n
a
J

0
0
-
y
a
M

0
0
-
p
e
S

1
0
-
n
a
J

1
0
-
y
a
M

1
0
-
p
e
S

2
0
-
n
a
J

2
0
-
y
a
M

2
0
-
p
e
S

3
0
-
n
a
J

3
0
-
y
a
M

3
0
-
p
e
S

4
0
-
n
a
J

4
0
-
y
a
M

4
0
-
p
e
S

5
0
-
n
a
J

5
0
-
y
a
M

5
0
-
p
e
S

6
0
-
n
a
J

6
0
-
y
a
M

6
0
-
p
e
S

7
0
-
n
a
J

7
0
-
y
a
M

7
0
-
p
e
S

8
0
-
n
a
J

8
0
-
y
a
M

8
0
-
p
e
S

Owned Portfolio Personnel Performance: 

We measure the productivity of each collector each month, breaking results into groups of similarly tenured 

collectors.  The following tables display various productivity measures that we track. 

Tenure at: 
One year +(1) 
Less than one year (2) 
Total(2) 

12/31/04 
298 
     349 
647 

12/31/05 
327 
364 
691 

12/31/06 
340 
375 
715 

12/31/07 
327 
553 
880 

12/31/08 
452 
739 
1191 

Collector by Tenure 

(1)  Calculated based on actual employees (collectors) with one year of service or more. 
(2)  Calculated  using  total  hours  worked  by  all  collectors,  including  those  in  training  to  produce  a  full  time 

equivalent “FTE.” 

Average performance  
Total cash collections 
Non-legal cash collections(2) 
Non-bk cash collections(3) 

Cash Collections per Hour Paid (1) 
12/31/06 
$146.03 
$99.06 
$132.15 

12/31/05 
$133.39 
$89.25 
$128.02 

12/31/04 
$117.59 
$82.06 
- 

12/31/07 
$135.77 
$91.93 
$123.10 

12/31/08 
$131.29 
$96.95 
$111.17 

(1)  Cash collections (assigned and unassigned) divided by total hours paid (including holiday, vacation and 

sick time) to all collectors (including those in training). 
(2)  Represents total cash collections less legal cash collections. 
(3)  Represents  total  cash  collections  less  bankruptcy  cash  collections.    Although  we  began  bankruptcy 

portfolio purchasing in 2004, we began calculating this metric in 2005. 

Cash  collections  have  substantially  exceeded  revenue  in  each  quarter  since  our  formation.    The  following 
chart illustrates the consistent excess of our cash collections on our owned portfolios over income recognized on 
finance  receivables  on  a  quarterly  basis.    The  difference  between  cash  collections  and  income  recognized  on 
finance  receivables  is  referred  to  as  payments  applied  to  principal.    It  is  also  referred  to  as  amortization  of 
purchase  price.    This  amortization  is  the  portion  of  cash  collections  that  is  used  to  recover  the  cost  of  the 
portfolio investment represented on the balance sheet. 

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Collections(1) vs. Income Recognized on Finance Receivables,  net

($ in millions)

Payments applied to principal or "amortization of purchase price"

Cash Collections

Income recognized on finance receivables, net

$90

$80

$70

$60

$50

$40

$30

$20

$10

$0

8
9
-
1
Q

8
9
-
2
Q

8
9
-
3
Q

8
9
-
4
Q

9
9
-
1
Q

9
9
-
2
Q

9
9
-
3
Q

9
9
-
4
Q

0
0
-
1
Q

0
0
-
2
Q

0
0
-
3
Q

0
0
-
4
Q

1
0
-
1
Q

1
0
-
2
Q

1
0
-
3
Q

1
0
-
4
Q

2
0
-
1
Q

2
0
-
2
Q

2
0
-
3
Q

2
0
-
4
Q

3
0
-
1
Q

3
0
-
2
Q

3
0
-
3
Q

3
0
-
4
Q

4
0
-
1
Q

4
0
-
2
Q

4
0
-
3
Q

4
0
-
4
Q

5
0
-
1
Q

5
0
-
2
Q

5
0
-
3
Q

5
0
-
4
Q

6
0
-
1
Q

6
0
-
2
Q

6
0
-
3
Q

6
0
-
4
Q

7
0
-
1
Q

7
0
-
2
Q

7
0
-
3
Q

7
0
-
4
Q

8
0
-
1
Q

8
0
-
2
Q

8
0
-
3
Q

8
0
-
4
Q

(1) 

Includes cash collections on finance receivables only.  Excludes commissions and cash proceeds from sales 
of defaulted consumer receivables. 

Seasonality 

We depend on the ability to collect on our owned and serviced defaulted consumer receivables.  Collections 
tend to be higher in the first and second quarters of the year and lower in the third and fourth quarters of the year, 
due  to  consumer  payment  patterns  in  connection  with  seasonal  employment  trends,  income  tax  refunds  and 
holiday spending habits.  Historically, our growth has partially masked the impact of this seasonality. 

Quarterly Cash  Collections(1)

($ in millions)

$90

$80

$70

$60

$50

$40

$30

$20

$10

$0

8
9
-
1
Q

8
9
-
2
Q

8
9
-
3
Q

8
9
-
4
Q

9
9
-
1
Q

9
9
-
2
Q

9
9
-
3
Q

9
9
-
4
Q

0
0
-
1
Q

0
0
-
2
Q

0
0
-
3
Q

0
0
-
4
Q

1
0
-
1
Q

1
0
-
2
Q

1
0
-
3
Q

1
0
-
4
Q

2
0
-
1
Q

2
0
-
2
Q

2
0
-
3
Q

2
0
-
4
Q

3
0
-
1
Q

3
0
-
2
Q

3
0
-
3
Q

3
0
-
4
Q

4
0
-
1
Q

4
0
-
2
Q

4
0
-
3
Q

4
0
-
4
Q

5
0
-
1
Q

5
0
-
2
Q

5
0
-
3
Q

5
0
-
4
Q

6
0
-
1
Q

6
0
-
2
Q

6
0
-
3
Q

6
0
-
4
Q

7
0
-
1
Q

7
0
-
2
Q

7
0
-
3
Q

7
0
-
4
Q

8
0
-
1
Q

8
0
-
2
Q

8
0
-
3
Q

8
0
-
4
Q

(1)  Includes  cash  collections  on  finance  receivables  only.    Excludes  commission  fees  and  cash  proceeds  from 

sales of defaulted consumer receivables. 

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table displays our quarterly cash collections by source, for the periods indicated. 

Cash Collection Source ($ in thousands)
Call Center & Other Collections
External Legal Collections
Internal Legal Collections
Purchased Bankruptcy Collections

Q42008 Q32008
$43,949
$41,268
21,590
18,424
2,106
2,652
15,362
16,904

Q22008 Q12008 Q42007 Q32007 Q22007 Q12007
$37,841
$46,892
20,844
22,471
1,400
1,947
7,223  
13,732

$44,883
21,880
1,819
10,820

$35,551
20,861
1,443
7,245

$36,001
21,384
1,449
6,317

$36,107
20,911
1,357
6,231

The following table shows the components of outside legal and other fees and services for the years ended 

December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 (amounts in thousands): 

Legal fees and costs (1)
Agency fees (2)
Other outside fee and services

2008

2007

2006

$        

36,805

$         

30,720

$         

28,412

16,065
8,882

9,467
7,287

4,906
6,821

$        

61,752

$         

47,474

$         

40,139

(1)  Legal  fees  and  costs  represent  legal  fees  and  costs  incurred  by  both  our  inhouse  attorneys  and  outside 

contingent fee attorneys. 

(2)  Agency fees are primarily incurred by our IGS skip tracing business. 

The  following  table  shows  the  changes  in  finance  receivables,  including  the  amounts  paid  to  acquire  new 

portfolios, for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 (amounts in thousands): 

2008

2007

2006

Balance at beginning of year
Acquisitions of finance receivables, net of buybacks (1)
Cash collections applied to principal on finance receivables (2)

$                 

410,297
273,746

$                 

226,448
261,310

$                 

193,645
105,838

(120,213)

(77,461)

(73,035)

Balance at end of year

$                

563,830

$                 

410,297

$                

226,448

Estimated Remaining Collections ("ERC")(3)

$              

1,115,565

$                 

902,565

$                 

553,223

_________ 

(1)  Agreements  to  purchase  receivables  typically  include  general  representations  and  warranties  from  the 
sellers covering account holders’ death or bankruptcy and accounts settled or disputed prior to sale.  The 
seller can replace or repurchase these accounts.  We refer to repurchased accounts as buybacks.  We also 
capitalize certain acquisition related costs. 

(2)  Cash  collections  applied  to  principal  (also  referred  to  as  amortization)  on  finance  receivables  consists  of 

cash collections less income recognized on finance receivables, net of allowance charges. 

(3)  Estimated  Remaining  Collections  refers  to  the  sum  of  all  future  projected  cash  collections  on  our  owned 
portfolios.  ERC is not a balance sheet item, however, it is provided here for informational purposes. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources  

Historically,  our  primary  sources  of  cash  have  been  cash  flows  from  operations,  bank  borrowings  and 
equity offerings.  Cash has been used for acquisitions of finance receivables, business acquisitions, repurchase of 
our  common  stock,  payment  of  cash  dividends,  repayments  of  bank  borrowings,  purchases  of  property  and 
equipment and working capital to support our growth. 

We  believe  that  funds  generated  from  operations,  together  with  existing  cash  and  available  borrowings 
under  our  credit  agreement  will  be  sufficient  to  finance  our  current  operations,  planned  capital  expenditure 
requirements and internal growth at least through the next twelve months.  However, we could require additional 
43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
debt or equity financing if we were to make any other significant acquisitions requiring cash during that period.  
In  addition,  we  file  taxes  using  the  cost  recovery  method  for  income  recognition.    If  we  were  to  receive  an 
unfavorable  ruling  on  our  tax  method,  we  may  be  required  to  pay  our  current  deferred  taxes  in  the  near-term, 
possibly requiring additional financing from other sources. 

Cash  generated  from  operations  is  dependent  upon  our  ability  to  collect  on  our  defaulted  consumer 
receivables.    Many  factors,  including  the  economy  and  our  ability  to  hire  and  retain  qualified  collectors  and 
managers, are essential to our ability to generate cash flows.  Fluctuations in these factors that cause a negative 
impact on our business could have a material impact on our expected future cash flows. 

Our operating activities provided cash of $81.7 million, $80.4 million and $59.5 million for the years ended 
December  31,  2008,  2007  and  2006,  respectively.    In  these  periods,  cash  from  operations  was  generated 
primarily  from  net  income  earned  through  cash  collections  and  commissions  received  for  the  period.  The 
increase was due mostly to changes in deferred taxes.  Net income decreased to $45.4 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2008 from $48.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 and increased from $44.5 million 
for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2006.    Net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  was  also  impacted  by  the 
amount of income taxes paid during the period which was $3,200, $5.3 million and $18.8 million for the years 
ended  December  31,  2008,  2007  and  2006,  respectively.    The  remaining  changes  were  due  to  net  changes  in 
other accounts related to our operating activities. 

Our investing activities used cash of $185.7 million, $192.9 million and $39.7 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The majority of the change was due to acquisitions of finance 
receivables which increased to $273.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $261.3 million for the 
year  ended  December  31,  2007  and $105.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.  Cash provided by 
investing activities is primarily driven by cash collections applied to principal on finance receivables. Cash used 
in  investing  activities  is  primarily  driven  by  acquisitions  of  defaulted  consumer  receivables,  purchases  of 
property and equipment and business acquisitions. 

Our  financing  activities  provided  cash  of  $101.2  and  $104.2  million  in  2008  and  2007,  respectively,  and 
used cash of $10.7 million in 2006.  Cash used in financing activities is primarily driven by payments on our line 
of credit, principal payments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations, repurchases of our common stock 
and  cash  dividends  paid  on  our  common  stock.    Cash  provided  by  financing  activities  is  primarily  driven  by 
proceeds from draws on our line of credit and stock option exercises. The majority of the change was due to net 
proceeds  received  from  our  line  of  credit  partially  offset  by  cash  used to  pay  a  cash  dividend  on  our common 
stock and the repurchase of 1,000,000 shares of our common stock during the year ended December 31, 2007.  
We had net draws on our line of credit of $100.3 and 168.0 million for 2008 and 2007, respectively, compared to 
net repayments of $15.0 million for 2006.   Also, in accordance with the adoption of SFAS 123R on January 1, 
2006,  the  benefit  derived  from  share-based  compensation  was  $0.4  million,  $1.6  million  and  $2.4  million  in 
2008,  2007  and  2006,  respectively.    This  was  previously  classified  in  operating  activities.    In  addition,  the 
exercise of stock options and stock warrants generated cash from financing activities of $0.6 million for the year 
ended  December  31,  2008,  $2.1  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2007  and  $2.5  million  for  the  year 
ended December 31, 2006.   

Cash  paid  for  interest  expense  was  approximately  $11,322,000,  $2,779,000  and  $411,000  for  the  years 
ended  December  31,  2008,  2007  and  2006,  respectively.    The  majority  of  interest  expenses  were  paid  on  our 
lines  of  credit,  capital  lease  obligations  and  other  long-term  debt.  The  increase  was  caused  by  higher  average 
balances  on  our  line  of  credit  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008  when  compared  to  the  years  ended 
December  31,  2007  and  December  31,  2006.  This  increase  was  offset  by  a  decrease  in  the  weighted  average 
interest rate on our line of credit which decreased to 4.60% for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared 
to 6.64% and  6.23% for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. 

On  November  29,  2005,  we  entered  into  a  Loan  and  Security  Agreement  for  a  revolving  line  of  credit 
jointly  offered  by  Bank  of  America,  N.  A.  and  Wachovia  Bank,  National  Association.    The  agreement  was 
amended  on  May  9,  2006  to  include  RBC  Centura  Bank  as  an  additional  lender,  again  on  May  4,  2007  to 
increase  the  line  of  credit  to  $150,000,000  and  incorporate  a  $50,000,000  non-revolving  fixed  rate  sub-limit, 
again on October 26, 2007 to increase the line of credit to $270,000,000, again on March 18, 2008 to increase the 
non-revolving  fixed  rate  sub-limit  to  $100,000,000,  again  on  May  2,  2008  to  include  SunTrust  Bank    as  an 
additional lender and to increase the line of credit to $340,000,000, and again on September 3, 2008 to include JP 
44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Morgan Chase Bank as an additional lender and to increase the line of credit to $365,000,000.  The agreement is 
a line of credit in an amount equal to the lesser of $365,000,000 or 30% of our estimated remaining collections of 
all our eligible asset pools. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility bear interest at a floating rate equal to 
the one month LIBOR Market Index Rate plus 1.40%, which was 1.836% at December 31, 2008, and the facility 
expires on May 2, 2011. We also pays an unused line fee equal to three-tenths of one percent, or 30 basis points, 
on  any  unused  portion  of  the  line  of  credit.    The  loan  is  collateralized  by  substantially  all  of  our  tangible  and 
intangible assets. 

The agreement provides as follows: 

•  monthly borrowings may not exceed 30% of estimated remaining collections; 
• 

funded debt to EBITDA (defined as net income, less income or plus loss from discontinued operations 
and  extraordinary  items,  plus  income  taxes,  plus  interest  expense,  plus  depreciation,  depletion, 
amortization (including finance receivable amortization) and other non-cash charges) ratio must be less 
than 2.0 to 1.0 calculated on a rolling twelve-month average; 
tangible  net  worth  must  be  at  least  100%  of  tangible  net  worth  reported  at  September  30,  2005,  plus 
25%  of  cumulative  positive  net  income  since  the  end  of  such  fiscal  quarter,  plus  100%  of  the  net 
proceeds  from  any  equity  offering  without  giving  effect  to  reductions  in  tangible  net  worth  due  to 
repurchases of up to $100,000,000 of the Company’s common stock; and 
restrictions on change of control.  

• 

• 

As  of  December  31,  2008,  outstanding  borrowings  under  the  facility  totaled  $268,300,000,  of  which 
$50,000,000 was part of the non-revolving fixed rate sub-limit which bears interest at 6.80% and expires on May 
4, 2012.  As of December 31, 2008, we are in compliance with all of the covenants of the agreement. 

Contractual Obligations 

The following summarizes our contractual obligations that exist as of December 31, 2008 (amounts in 

thousands): 

Contractual Obligations

Operating Leases
Line of Credit (1)
Capital Lease Obligations
Purchase Commitments (2)
Employment Agreements
Total

Less
than 1
year
$                

3,638

8,352
5

74,678
9,080
95,753

$             

Payments due by period

1 - 3
years

4 - 5
years

$                        

6,756

$                    

6,064

More
than 5
years
$                  

5,266

233,795
-

442
7,397
248,390

51,133
-

-
-

18
-
57,215

$                  

-
-
5,266

$                 

$                   

Total
$                

21,724

293,280
5

75,138
16,477
406,624

$             

(1)  To the extent that a balance is outstanding on our lines of credit, the revolving portion would be due in May, 
2011 and the non-revolving fixed rate sub-limit portion would be due in May 2012.  This amount also includes 
estimated  interest  and  unused  line  fees  due  on  the  line  of  credit  for  both  the  fixed  rate  and  variable  rate 
components as well as interest due on our interest rate swap.  This estimate also assumes that the balance on the 
line of credit remains constant from the December 31, 2008 balance of $268.3 million and the balance is paid in 
full at its respective maturity. 
(2)  This amount includes the maximum remaining amount to be purchased under forward flow contracts for the 
purchase of charged-off consumer debt in the amount of approximately $71.6 million. 

 Off Balance Sheet Arrangements 

We do not have any off balance sheet arrangements as defined by Regulation S-K 303(a)(4) promulgated 

under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 

45

 
 
 
 
                
                  
                      
                    
                       
                           
                         
                              
                          
                       
                  
                
                             
                           
                       
                  
                  
                          
                          
                       
 
 
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements  

On  September 15,  2006,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No. 157,  “Fair  Value  Measurements”  (“SFAS  157”). 
SFAS  157  establishes  a  framework  for  measuring  fair  value  and  expands  disclosures  about  fair  value 
measurements. The changes to current practice resulting from the application of SFAS 157 relate to the definition 
of  fair  value,  the  methods  used  to  measure  fair  value,  and  the  expanded  disclosures  about  fair  value 
measurements.  SFAS  157  was  originally  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  November 15,  2007  and 
interim periods within those fiscal years but was amended on February 6, 2008 to defer the effective date for one 
year  for  certain  nonfinancial  assets  and  liabilities.  We  adopted  SFAS  157  on  January 1,  2008,  which  had  no 
material impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

In  February 2007,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No. 159,  “The  Fair  Value  Option  for  Financial  Assets  and 
Financial Liabilities” (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. 
SFAS 159 allows entities to choose, at specified election dates, to measure eligible financial assets and liabilities 
at fair value that are not otherwise required to be measured at fair value.  If a company elects the fair value option 
for  an  eligible  item,  changes  in  that  item’s  fair  value  in  subsequent  reporting  periods  must  be  recognized  in 
current  earnings.  SFAS  159  also  establishes  presentation  and  disclosure  requirements  designed  to  draw 
comparison  between  entities  that  elect  different  measurement  attributes  for  similar  assets  and  liabilities.  We 
adopted SFAS 159 on January 1, 2008, which had no material impact on our consolidated financial statements.  

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141R “Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141R”). SFAS 141R 
establishes  principles  and  requirements  for  how  the  acquirer  of  a  business  recognizes  and  measures  in  its 
financial  statements  the  identifiable  assets  acquired,  the  liabilities  assumed,  and  any  non-controlling  interest in 
the acquiree. The statement also provides guidance for recognizing and measuring the goodwill acquired in the 
business  combination,  recognizing  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  arising  from  contingencies,  and 
determining  what  information  to  disclose  to  enable  users  of  the  financial  statement  to  evaluate  the  nature  and 
financial  effects  of  the  business  combination.  SFAS  141R  is  effective  for  acquisitions  consummated  in  fiscal 
years  beginning  after  December 15,  2008.  We  expect  SFAS  141R  will  have  an  impact  on  our  consolidated 
financial  statements  when  effective,  but  the  nature  and  magnitude  of  the  specific  effects  will  depend  upon  the 
nature, terms and size of the acquisitions we consummate after the effective date.  

     In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial 
Statements” (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 changes the accounting and reporting for minority interests, which will be 
recharacterized  as  noncontrolling  interests  and  classified  as  a  component  of  equity.  This  new  consolidation 
method  significantly  changes  the  accounting  for  transactions  with  minority  interest  holders.  SFAS  160  is 
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 with early application prohibited. We believe that 
SFAS 160 will have no material impact on our consolidated financial statements.  

     In  March 2008,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  161,  “Disclosures  about  Derivative  Instruments  and  Hedging 
Activities"(“SFAS  161”).  SFAS  161  requires  expanded  disclosures  regarding  the  location  and  amounts  of 
derivative  instruments  in  an  entity’s  financial  statements,  how  derivative  instruments  and  related  hedged  items 
are accounted for under SFAS 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, and how 
derivative  instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, operating results and cash 
flows. SFAS 161 is effective for periods beginning on or after November 15, 2008. We believe SFAS 161 will 
have no material impact on our consolidated financial statements.  

     In  April 2008,  the  FASB  issued  FSP  142-3,  “Determination  of  the  Useful  Life  of  Intangible  Assets”, 
(“FSP  142-3”).  FSP  142-3  amends  the  factors  that  should  be  considered  in  developing  renewal  or  extension 
assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill 
and  Other  Intangible  Assets”.  FSP  142-3  is  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December 15,  2008.  We 
believe FSP 142-3 will have no material impact on our consolidated financial statements.  

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Critical Accounting Policies 

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with U.S. generally accepted 
accounting principles and our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations require 
our  management  to  make  judgments,  assumptions  and  estimates  that  affect  the  amounts  reported  in  our 
consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.  We base our estimates on historical experience and 
on various other assumptions we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the 
basis  for  making  judgments  about  the  carrying  values  of  assets  and  liabilities.  Actual  results  may  differ  from 
these estimates and such differences may be material. 

Management believes our critical accounting policies and estimates are those related to revenue recognition, 
valuation  of  acquired  intangibles  and  goodwill  and  income  taxes.    Management  believes  these  policies  to  be 
critical because they are both important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results, and they require 
management  to  make  judgments  and  estimates  about  matters  that  are  inherently  uncertain.  Our  senior 
management has reviewed these critical accounting policies and related disclosures with the Audit Committee of 
our Board of Directors. 

Revenue Recognition 

We  acquire  accounts  that  have  experienced  deterioration  of  credit  quality  between  origination  and  our 
acquisition of the accounts.  The amount paid for an account reflects our determination that it is probable we will 
be unable to collect all amounts due according to the account's contractual terms. At acquisition, we review each 
account  to  determine  whether  there  is  evidence  of  deterioration  of  credit  quality  since  origination  and  if  it  is 
probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the account's contractual terms. If both 
conditions  exist,  we  determine  whether  each  such  account is  to  be  accounted  for  individually  or  whether  such 
accounts will be assembled into pools based on common risk characteristics. We consider expected prepayments 
and estimate the amount and timing of undiscounted expected principal, interest and other cash flows for each 
acquired  portfolio  and  subsequently  aggregated  pools  of  accounts.  We  determine  the  excess  of  the  pool's 
scheduled contractual principal and contractual interest payments over all cash flows expected at acquisition as 
an  amount  that  should  not  be  accreted  (nonaccretable  difference)  based  on our  proprietary  acquisition  models. 
The  remaining  amount,  representing  the  excess  of  the  account's  cash  flows  expected  to  be  collected  over  the 
amount paid, is accreted into income recognized on finance receivables over the remaining life of the account or 
pool (accretable yield). 

Prior to January 1, 2005, we accounted for our investment in finance receivables using the interest method 
under  the  guidance  of  Practice  Bulletin  6,  “Amortization  of  Discounts  on  Certain  Acquired  Loans.”  Effective 
January 1, 2005, we adopted and began to account for our investment in finance receivables using the interest 
method  under  the  guidance  of  AICPA  SOP 03-3,  “Accounting  for  Loans  or  Certain  Securities  Acquired  in  a 
Transfer.”  For loans acquired in fiscal years beginning prior to December 15, 2004, Practice Bulletin 6 is still 
effective; however, Practice Bulletin 6 was amended by SOP 03-3 as described further in this note.  For loans 
acquired in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2004, SOP 03-3 is effective.  Under the guidance of SOP 
03-3  (and  the  amended  Practice  Bulletin  6),  static  pools  of  accounts  may  be  established.    These  pools  are 
aggregated based on certain common risk criteria.    Each static pool is recorded at cost, which includes certain 
direct costs of acquisition paid to third parties, and is accounted for as a single unit for the recognition of income, 
principal  payments  and  loss  provision.    Once  a  static  pool  is  established  for  a  quarter,  individual  receivable 
accounts  are  not  added  to  the  pool  (unless  replaced  by  the  seller)  or  removed  from  the  pool  (unless  sold  or 
returned to the seller).  SOP 03-3 (and the amended Practice Bulletin 6) requires that the excess of the contractual 
cash flows over expected cash flows not be recognized as an adjustment of revenue or expense or on the balance 
sheet.  SOP  03-3  initially  freezes  the  internal  rate  of  return,  referred  to  as  IRR,  estimated  when  the  accounts 
receivable are purchased as the basis for subsequent impairment testing.  Significant increases in expected future 
cash  flows  may  be  recognized  prospectively  through  an  upward  adjustment  of  the  IRR  over  a  portfolio’s 
remaining life.  Any increase to the IRR then becomes the new benchmark for impairment testing.  Effective for 
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2004 under SOP 03-3 and the amended Practice Bulletin 6, rather than 
lowering  the  estimated  IRR  if  the  collection  estimates  are  not  received,  the  carrying  value  of  a  pool  would  be 
written  down  to  maintain  the  then  current  IRR  and  is  recorded  as  a  reduction  in  revenue  in  the  consolidated 
income  statements  with  a  corresponding  valuation  allowance  offsetting  the  finance  receivables,  net,  on  the 
consolidated  balance  sheets.    Income  on  finance  receivables  is  accrued  quarterly  based  on  each  static  pool’s 
effective IRR. Quarterly cash flows greater than the interest accrual will reduce the carrying value of the static 
47

 
 
 
 
 
 
pool.  Likewise, cash flows that are less than the accrual will accrete the carrying balance.  We generally do not 
allow accretion in the first six to twelve months.  The IRR is estimated and periodically recalculated based on the 
timing and amount of anticipated cash flows using our proprietary collection models.  A pool can become fully 
amortized (zero carrying balance on the balance sheet) while still generating cash collections.  In this case, all 
cash collections are recognized as revenue when received.  Additionally, we use the cost recovery method when 
collections on a particular pool of accounts cannot be reasonably predicted.  These pools are not aggregated with 
other portfolios.  Under the cost recovery method, no revenue is recognized until we have fully collected the cost 
of  the  portfolio,  or  until  such  time  that  we  consider  the  collections  to  be  probable  and  estimable  and  begin  to 
recognize income based on the interest method as described above.   

We establish valuation allowances for all acquired accounts subject to SOP 03-3 to reflect only those losses 
incurred  after  acquisition  (that  is,  the  present  value  of  cash  flows  initially  expected  at  acquisition  that  are  no 
longer  expected  to  be  collected).  Valuation  allowances  are  established  only  subsequent  to  acquisition  of  the 
accounts.  At December 31, 2008 and 2007, we had a $23.6 million and $4.2 million valuation allowance on our 
finance receivables, respectively.  Prior to January 1, 2005, in the event that a reduction of the yield to as low as 
zero in conjunction with estimated future cash collections that were inadequate to amortize the carrying balance, 
an allowance charge would be taken with a corresponding write-off of the receivable balance. 

We  utilize  the  provisions  of  Emerging Issues Task Force 99-19, “Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal 
versus  Net  as  an  Agent”  (“EITF  99-19”)  to  commission  revenue  from  our  contingent  fee,  skip-tracing  and 
government  processing  and  collection  subsidiaries.    EITF  99-19  requires  an  analysis  to  be  completed  to 
determine if certain revenues should be reported gross or reported net of their related operating expense.  This 
analysis  includes  an  assessment  of  who  retains  inventory/credit  risk,  who  controls  vendor  selection,  who 
establishes pricing and who remains the primary obligor on the transaction.  Each of these factors was considered 
to determine the correct method of recognizing revenue from our subsidiaries.   

For our contingent fee subsidiary, the portfolios which are placed for servicing are owned by our clients and 
are  placed  under  a  contingent  fee  commission  arrangement.    Our  subsidiary  is  paid  to  collect  funds  from  the 
client’s debtors and earns a commission generally expressed as a percentage of the gross collection amount.  The 
“Commissions”  line  of  our  income  statement  reflects  the  contingent  fee  amount  earned,  and  not  the  gross 
collection amount. We discontinued our ARM contingent fee operation during the second quarter of 2008. 

Our skip tracing subsidiary utilizes gross reporting under EITF 99-19.  We generate revenue by working an 
account and successfully locating a customer for our client.  An “investigative fee” is received for these services.  
In addition, we incur “agent expenses” where we hire a third-party collector to effectuate repossession.  In many 
cases  we  have  an  arrangement  with  our  client  which  allows  us  to  bill  the  client  for  these  fees.    We  have 
determined these fees to be gross revenue based on the criteria in EITF 99-19 and they are recorded as such in 
the  line  item  “Commissions,”  primarily  because  we  are  primarily  liable  to  the  third  party  collector.  There  is  a 
corresponding expense in “Outside legal and other fees and services” for these pass-through items.    

Our government processing and collection business’s primary source of income is derived from servicing 
taxing  authorities  in  several  different  ways:    processing  all  of  their  tax  payments  and  tax  forms,  collecting 
delinquent  taxes,  identifying  taxes  that  are  not  being  paid  and  auditing  tax  payments.    The  processing  and 
collection  pieces  are  standard  commission  based  billings  or  fee  for  service transactions.  When we conduct an 
audit,  there  are  two  components.    The  first  is  a  charge  for  the  hours  incurred  on  conducting  the  audit.    This 
charge  is  for  hours  worked.    This  charge  is  up-charged  from  the  actual  costs  incurred.    The  gross  billing  is  a 
component  of  the  line  item  “Commissions”  and  the  expense  is  included  in  the  line  item  “Compensation  and 
employee  services.”    The  second  item  is  for  expenses  incurred  while  conducting  the  audit.    Most  jurisdictions 
will reimburse us for direct expenses incurred for the audit including such items as travel and meals.  The billed 
amounts are included in the line item “Commissions” and the expense component is included in its appropriate 
expense category, generally “Other operating expenses.” 

We  account  for  our  gain  on  cash  sales  of  finance  receivables  under  SFAS  No.  140,  “Accounting  for 
Transfers  and  Servicing  of  Financial  Assets  and  Extinguishments  of  Liabilities.”    Gains  on  sale  of  finance 
receivables,  representing  the  difference  between  the  sales  price  and  the  unamortized  value  of  the  finance 
receivables sold, are recognized when finance receivables are sold. 

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  apply  a  financial  components  approach  that  focuses  on  control  when  accounting  and  reporting  for 
transfers and servicing of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities.  Under that approach, after a transfer 
of  financial  assets,  an  entity  recognizes  the  financial  and  servicing  assets  it  controls  and  the  liabilities  it  has 
incurred,  eliminates  financial  assets  when  control  has  been  surrendered,  and  eliminates  liabilities  when 
extinguished.  This approach provides consistent standards for distinguishing transfers of financial assets that are 
sales from transfers that are secured borrowings. 

Valuation of Acquired Intangibles and Goodwill 

In accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” we are required to perform a 
review of goodwill for impairment annually or earlier if indicators of potential impairment exist. The review of 
goodwill  for  potential  impairment  is  highly  subjective  and  requires  that:  (1) goodwill  is  allocated  to  various 
reporting units of our business to which it relates; and (2) we estimate the fair value of those reporting units to 
which the goodwill relates and then determine the book value of those reporting units.  If the estimated fair value 
of  reporting  units  with  allocated  goodwill  is  determined  to  be  less  than  their  book  value,  we  are  required  to 
estimate  the  fair  value  of  all  identifiable  assets  and  liabilities  of  those  reporting  units  in  a  manner  similar  to  a 
purchase price allocation for an acquired business. This requires independent valuation of certain unrecognized 
assets. Once this process is complete, the amount of goodwill impairment, if any, can be determined. 

We believe that, as of December 31, 2008, there was no impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets. 
However,  changes  in  various  circumstances  including  changes  in  our  market  capitalization,  changes  in  our 
forecasts  and  changes  in  our  internal  business  structure  could  cause  one  of  our  reporting  units  to  be  valued 
differently thereby causing an impairment of goodwill. Additionally, in response to changes in our industry and 
changes  in  global  or  regional  economic  conditions,  we  may  strategically  realign  our  resources  and  consider 
restructuring, disposing or otherwise exiting businesses, which could result in an impairment of some or all of 
our identifiable intangibles or goodwill. 

Income Taxes 

We  record  a  tax  provision  for  the  anticipated  tax  consequences  of  the  reported  results  of  operations.    In 
accordance  with  SFAS  No. 109,  “Accounting  for  Income  Taxes,”  the  provision  for  income  taxes  is  computed 
using  the  asset  and  liability  method,  under  which  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  for  the 
expected  future  tax  consequences  of  temporary  differences  between  the  financial  reporting  and  tax  bases  of 
assets and liabilities, and for operating losses and tax credit carry-forwards.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are 
measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those 
tax  assets  are  expected  to  be  realized  or  settled.    Beginning  with  the  adoption  of FASB  Interpretation  No.  48, 
Accounting  for  Uncertainty  in  Income  Taxes  (“FIN  48”)  as  of  January  1,  2007,  we  recognize  the  effect  of  the 
income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained.  Recognized income tax 
positions  are  measured  at  the  largest  amount  that  is  greater  than  50%  likely  of  being  realized.  Changes  in 
recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgement occurs.  

Effective  with  our  2002  tax  filings,  we  adopted  the  cost  recovery  method  of  income  recognition  for  tax 
purposes.  We  believe  cost  recovery  to  be  an  acceptable  method  for  companies  in  the  bad  debt  purchasing 
industry  and  results  in  the  reduction  of  current  taxable  income  as,  for  tax  purposes,  collections  on  finance 
receivables  are  applied  first  to  principal  to  reduce  the  finance  receivables  to  zero  before  any  income  is 
recognized. 

We believe it is more likely than not that forecasted income, including income that may be generated as a 
result  of  certain  tax  planning  strategies,  together  with  the  tax  effects  of  the  deferred  tax  liabilities,  will  be 
sufficient  to  fully  recover  the  deferred  tax  assets.    In  the  event  that  all  or  part  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  are 
determined not to be realizable in the future, a valuation allowance would be established and charged to earnings 
in  the  period  such  determination  is  made.    Similarly,  if  we  subsequently  realize  deferred  tax  assets  that  were 
previously  determined  to  be  unrealizable,  the  respective  valuation  allowance  would  be  reversed,  resulting  in  a 
positive adjustment to earnings or a decrease in goodwill in the period such determination is made. In addition, 
the  calculation  of  tax  liabilities  involves  significant  judgment  in  estimating  the  impact  of  uncertainties  in  the 
application of complex tax laws.  Resolution of these uncertainties in a manner inconsistent with our expectations 
could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial position. 

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk. 

Our  exposure  to  market  risk  relates  to  interest  rate  risk  with  our  variable  rate  credit  line.    The  average 
borrowings  on  our  variable  rate  credit  line  were  $182.4  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008.  
Assuming a 200 basis point increase in interest rates, interest expense would have increased by $3.7 million and 
$0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, 
we had $218.3 million and $118.0 million, respectively, of variable rate debt outstanding on our credit lines. We 
do not have any other variable rate debt outstanding as of December 31, 2008.  Significant increases in future 
interest rates on the variable rate credit line could lead to a material decrease in future earnings assuming all other 
factors remained constant. 

50

 
 
 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. 

Index to Financial Statements 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms 
Consolidated Balance Sheets  

as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 

Consolidated Income Statements   

for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and 

Comprehensive Income 
for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

Page 
52-55  

56 

57 

58 

59 
60-79 

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.: 

We have audited Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued 
by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO).    Portfolio 
Recovery  Associates,  Inc.’s  management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control 
over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial 
reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial 
Reporting (Item 9A). Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control 
over financial reporting based on our audit.   

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting 
Oversight  Board  (United  States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to 
obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was 
maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control 
over  financial  reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  and  testing  and 
evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our 
audit  also  included  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the 
circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A  company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable 
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements 
for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.    A  company's 
internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the 
maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  (2)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are 
recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally 
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made 
only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3) 
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, 
use,  or  disposition  of  the  company’s  assets  that  could  have  a  material  effect  on  the  financial 
statements.   

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or 
detect  misstatements.    Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are 
subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the 
degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In  our  opinion,  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2008,  based  on  criteria  established  in 
Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of 
the Treadway Commission (COSO). 

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. acquired MuniServices, LLC (MuniServices) during 2008, and 
management  excluded  from  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates, 
Inc.’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2008,  MuniServices’  internal 
control  over  financial  reporting  associated  with  less than 5% of the total assets and total revenues 
reflected  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.  and 
subsidiaries  as  of  and  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008.    Our  audit  of  internal  control  over 
financial reporting of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. also excluded an evaluation of the internal 
control over financial reporting of MuniServices. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting 
Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Portfolio Recovery Associates, 
Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated 
income  statements,  and  statements  of  changes  in  stockholders’  equity  and  comprehensive  income, 
and  cash  flows  for  the  years  then  ended,  and  our  report  dated  February  27,  2009  expressed  an 
unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

Norfolk, Virginia 
February 27, 2009 

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.: 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates, 
Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated 
income  statements,  and  statements  of  changes  in  stockholders’  equity  and  comprehensive  income, 
and  cash  flows  for  the  years  then  ended.  These  consolidated  financial  statements  are  the 
responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these 
consolidated financial statements based on our audits.   

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting 
Oversight  Board  (United  States).    Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to 
obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material 
misstatement.    An  audit  includes  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and 
disclosures  in  the  financial  statements.  An  audit  also  includes  assessing  the  accounting  principles 
used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  financial 
statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material 
respects,  the  financial  position  of  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  as  of 
December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years 
then ended in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

As discussed in note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted the provisions 
of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty 
in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, effective January 1, 2007. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting 
Oversight  Board  (United  States),  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.’s  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2008,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  - 
Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 27, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on 
the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  

/s/ KPMG LLP 

Norfolk, Virginia  
February 27, 2009 

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.: 

In our opinion, the consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the 
year ended December 31, 2006 present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and 
cash flows of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. and its subsidiaries for the year ended December 
31,  2006,  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of 
America.    These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company's  management.    Our 
responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  financial  statements  based  on  our  audit.    We 
conducted  our  audit  of  these  statements  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company 
Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material 
misstatement.    An  audit  includes  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and 
disclosures  in  the  financial  statements,  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant 
estimates  made  by  management,  and  evaluating  the  overall  financial  statement  presentation.    We 
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.   

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 

McLean, Virginia 
March 1, 2007 

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
  December 31, 2008 and 2007 
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Assets

2008

2007

Cash and cash equivalents
Finance receivables, net
Income taxes receivable
Property and equipment, net
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Other assets

Total assets

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

Liabilities:

Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Accrued payroll and bonuses
Deferred tax liability
Line of credit
Obligations under capital lease

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Note 18)
Stockholders' equity:

Preferred stock, par value $0.01, authorized shares, 2,000,

issued and outstanding shares - 0

Common stock, par value $0.01, authorized shares, 30,000,

15,398 issued and 15,286 outstanding shares - at December 31, 2008,
and 15,159 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2007

Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive income

Total stockholders' equity

$             

13,901
563,830
3,587
23,884
27,546
13,429
11,663

$             

16,730
410,297
3,022
16,171
18,620
5,046
6,421

$           

657,840

$          

476,307

$               

3,438
4,314
9,850
88,070
268,300
5
373,977

$               

4,055
4,471
6,819
57,579
168,000
103
241,027

-

-

153
74,574
209,047
89
283,863

152
71,443
163,685
-
235,280

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

$           

657,840

$          

476,307

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

56

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Consolidated Income Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 
(Amounts in thousands, except per shares amounts) 

Revenues:

Income recognized on finance receivables, net
Commissions

$         

206,486
56,789

$         

184,705
36,043

$         

163,357
24,965

2008

2007

2006

Total revenues

Operating expenses:

    Compensation and employee services
    Outside legal and other fees and services
    Communications
    Rent and occupancy
    Other operating expenses
    Depreciation and amortization

Total operating expenses

Income from operations

Other income and (expense):

Interest income
Interest expense

Income before income taxes

Provision for income taxes

263,275

220,748

188,322

88,073
61,752
10,304
3,908
6,977
7,424

178,438

84,837

60
(11,151)

73,746

28,384

69,022
47,474
8,531
3,105
5,915
5,517

139,564

81,184

419
(3,704)

77,899

29,658

58,142
40,139
5,876
2,276
4,758
5,131

116,322

72,000

584
(378)

72,206

27,716

Net income

$           

45,362

$            

48,241

$           

44,490

Net income per common share

Basic
Diluted

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

Basic
Diluted

$              
$              

2.98
2.97

$               
$               

3.08
3.06

$              
$              

2.80
2.77

15,229
15,292

15,646
15,779

15,911
16,082

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

57

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income 
For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amount) 

Balance at December 31, 2005

Common
Stock

$          

158

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Retained
Earnings

Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income

Total
Stockholders'
Equity

$       

108,064

$             

87,101

$                            
-

$             

195,323

Net income
Exercise of stock options, warrants and vesting of nonvested shares
Amortization of share-based compensation
SFAS123R adoption reclass of payroll liability to additional paid-in capital
Income tax benefit from share-based compensation

-
2
-
-
-

-
2,501
2,117
426
2,420

44,490
-
-
-
-

Balance at December 31, 2006

$          

160

$       

115,528

$           

131,591

$                            
-

Net income
Exercise of stock options and vesting of nonvested shares
Issuance of common stock for acquisition
Repurchase and cancellation of common stock
Cash dividends paid ($1.00 per common share)
Amortization of share-based compensation
Income tax benefit from share-based compensation
Adoption of FIN 48

-
2

(10)
-
-
-
-

-
2,072
50
(50,547)
-
2,575
1,575
190

48,241
-
-
-
(16,070)
-
-
(77)

Balance at December 31, 2007

$          

152

$         

71,443

$           

163,685

$                            
-

Net income
Net unrealized change in:

Interest rate swap derivative

Comprehensive income
Exercise of stock options and vesting of nonvested shares
Issuance of common stock for acquisition
Amortization of share-based compensation
Income tax benefit from share-based compensation
Reversal of FIN 48 reserve

-

-

1
-
-
-
-

-

-

606
1,847
141
357
180

45,362

-

-
-
-
-
-

-
-
-
-
-

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

-

89

-
-
-
-
-

44,490
2,503
2,117
426
2,420

$             

247,279

48,241
2,074
50
(50,557)
(16,070)
2,575
1,575
113

$             

235,280

45,362

89
45,451
607
1,847
141
357
180

Balance at December 31, 2008

$          

153

$         

74,574

$           

209,047

$                              

89

$             

283,863

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 

Cash flows from operating activities:

  Net income
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
        provided by operating activities:
    Amortization of share-based compensation
    Depreciation and amortization
    Deferred tax expense
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
      Other assets
      Accounts payable
      Income taxes
      Accrued expenses
      Accrued payroll and bonuses

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchases of property and equipment
Acquisition of finance receivables, net of buybacks
Collections applied to principal on finance receivables
Purchases of auction rate certificates
Sales of auction rate certificates
Acquisitions, including acquisition costs and net of cash acquired

2008

2007

2006

$                   

45,362

$                   

48,241

$                   

44,490

141
7,424
30,854

(2,218)
(1,167)
(385)
(413)
2,120

81,718

(6,139)
(273,746)
120,213
-
-
(26,041)

2,575
5,517
24,126

(2,339)
1,164
(1,319)
1,816
575

80,356

(8,662)
(261,310)
77,461
-
-
(409)

2,117
5,131
11,107

(437)
559
(4,568)
339
729

59,467

(6,869)
(105,838)
73,035
(1,450)
1,450
-

Net cash used in investing activities

(185,713)

(192,920)

(39,672)

Cash flows from financing activities:

Dividends paid
Proceeds from exercise of options and warrants
Income tax benefit from share-based compensation
Draws on line of credit
Principal payments on line of credit
Repurchases of common stock
Principal payments on long-term debt
Principal payments on capital lease obligations

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

-
607
357
171,300
(71,000)
-
-
(98)
-
101,166

(2,829)

16,730

(16,070)
2,074
1,575
171,000
(3,000)
(50,557)
(690)
(139)
-
104,193

(8,371)

25,101

-
2,503
2,420
-
(15,000)
-
(462)
(140)
-
(10,679)

9,116

15,985

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

$                  

13,901

$                   

16,730

$                  

25,101

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

Cash paid for interest
Cash paid for income taxes

Noncash investing and financing activities:

$                   
11,322
$                            
3

$                     
$                     

2,779
5,289

$                        
$                   

411
18,764

SFAS123R adoption reclass of payroll liability to additional paid-in capital
Acquisitions - Common stock issued
Net unrealized change in interest rate swap derivative

$                             
-
$                     
1,847
$                          
89

$                             
-
$                          
50
$                             
-

$                        
426
$                             
-
$                             
-

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

59

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

1. Organization and Business: 

Portfolio Recovery Associates, LLC (“PRA”) was formed on March 20, 1996.  Portfolio Recovery Associates, 
Inc. (“PRA Inc”) was formed in August 2002.  On November 8, 2002, PRA Inc completed its initial public offering 
(“IPO”) of common stock.  As a result, all of the membership units and warrants of PRA were exchanged on a one 
to  one  basis  for  warrants  and  shares  of  a  single  class  of  common  stock  of  PRA  Inc.    Two  of  PRA  Inc’s  wholly 
owned  subsidiaries,  Thomas  West  Associates,  LLC  (“TWA”),  and  PRA  Bankruptcy  Services,  LLC  (“PRA  BS”) 
were  dissolved  as  entities  on  May  8,  2006  and  August  8,  2008,  respectively.    Another  subsidiary,  PRA  II,  was 
dissolved  immediately  prior  to  the  IPO.    PRA  Inc,  a  Delaware  corporation,  and  its  subsidiaries  (collectively,  the 
“Company”) are full-service providers of outsourced receivables management and related services.  The Company 
is engaged in the business of purchasing, managing and collecting portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables as 
well  as  offering  a  broad  range  of  accounts  receivable  management  services.    The  majority  of  the  Company’s 
business activities involve the purchase, management and collection of defaulted consumer receivables.  These are 
purchased from sellers of finance receivables and collected by a highly skilled staff whose purpose is to locate and 
contact  customers  and  arrange  payment  or  resolution  of  their  debts.    The  Company,  through  its  Legal  Recovery 
Department,  collects  accounts  judicially,  either  by  using  its  own  attorneys,  or  by  contracting  with  independent 
attorneys  throughout  the  country  through  whom  the  Company  takes  legal  action  to  satisfy  consumer  debts.    The 
Company  also  services  receivables  on  behalf  of  clients  on  either  a  commission  or  transaction-fee  basis.    Clients 
include entities in the financial services, auto, retail, utility, health care and government sectors.  Services provided 
to  these  clients  include  standard  collection  services  on  delinquent  accounts,  obtaining  location  information  for 
clients in support of their collection activities (known as skip tracing), and the management of both delinquent and 
non-delinquent tax receivables for government entities. 

On December 28, 1999, PRA formed a wholly owned subsidiary, PRA Holding I, LLC (“PRA Holding I”), and 
is the sole member.  The purpose of PRA Holding I is to enter into leases of office space and hold the Company’s 
real property (see Note 10) in Hutchinson, Kansas, Norfolk, Virginia and other real and personal property. 

On June 1, 2000, PRA formed a wholly owned subsidiary, PRA Receivables Management, LLC (d/b/a Anchor 
Receivables  Management)  (“Anchor”)  and  was  the  sole  initial  member.    Anchor  was  organized  as  a  contingent 
collection  agency  and  contracted  with holders  of  finance  receivables  to  attempt  collection  efforts  on  a  contingent 
basis for a stated period of time.  Anchor became fully operational during April 2001.  The Company purchased the 
equity interest in Anchor from PRA immediately after the IPO.  The Company discontinued its Anchor contingent 
fee operation during the second quarter of 2008, but PRA Receivables Management, LLC continues to serve as the 
operational entity for the Company’s bankruptcy department. 

On October 1, 2004, the Company acquired the assets of IGS Nevada, Inc., a privately held company specializing 
in asset-location and debt resolution services (the resulting business is referred to herein as “IGS”).  On September 
10, 2004, the Company created a wholly owned subsidiary, PRA Location Services, LLC d/b/a IGS to operate IGS.   

On July 29, 2005, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets and liabilities of Alatax, Inc., a provider of 
outsourced business revenue administration, audit and debt discovery/recovery services for local governments (the 
resulting  business  is  referred  to  herein  as  “RDS”).        Although  most  of  its  clients  are  located  in  Alabama,  RDS, 
through PRA Government Services, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary formed by the Company on June 23, 2005, 
began expanding into surrounding states. 

PRA Funding, LLC and PRA III were merged into PRA on November 24, 2003. 

On October 13, 2006, PRA formed a wholly owned subsidiary, PRA Holding II, LLC (“PRA Holding II”), and is 
the sole member.  The purpose of PRA Holding II is to hold the Company’s real property in Jackson, Tennessee and 
other real and personal property. 

On July 1, 2008, the Company acquired 100% of the membership interests of MuniServices, LLC (the resulting 
business is referred to herein as “MuniServices”).  MuniServices was founded in 1978 and is a provider of revenue 
enhancement and related services to state and local governments.  Although most of its clients are in California, it 
also serves clients in Texas, Florida, Pennsylvania, Georgia, Nevada and the District of Columbia.  MuniServices 
has a workforce of approximately 115 employees.  The President of MuniServices and three other members of the 
management team have entered into long-term employment agreements with the Company and continue to manage 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

MuniServices. The consolidated income statement includes the results of operations of MuniServices for the period 
from  July 1,  2008  through  December 31,  2008.    The  transaction  was  completed  at  a  price  of  $24.6 million, 
consisting  of  $22.5 million  in  cash  and  $2.1 million  in  PRA  Inc  common  stock.  The  total  purchase  price  could 
increase  by  a  total  of  $4.5 million  in  stock  through  contingent  payments  in  2009  and  2010,  related  to  specific 
operating goals.   

 On August 1, 2008, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Broussard Partners and Associates, 
Inc.  (“BPA”),  which  is  operating  as  a  part  of  RDS.    BPA,  founded  in  1995,  is  a  provider  of  audit  services  to 
parishes  in  Louisiana,  with  34  of  the  state’s  64  parishes  as  clients.  BPA  has  a  workforce  of  approximately  25 
employees.    The  President  of  BPA  has  entered  into  a  long-term  employment  agreement  with  RDS.    The 
consolidated  income  statement  includes  the  results  of  operations  of  BPA  for  the  period  from  August 1,  2008 
through December 31, 2008. 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: 

Principles  of  accounting  and  consolidation:    The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Company  are 
prepared  in  accordance  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  and  include  the  accounts  of  PRA  Inc, 
PRA, PRA Holding I, PRA Holding II, IGS, RDS and MuniServices.  All significant intercompany accounts and 
transactions have been eliminated. 

Cash  and  cash  equivalents:    The  Company  considers  all  highly  liquid  investments  with  a  maturity  of  three 
months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.  Included in cash and cash equivalents are funds held on the 
behalf of others arising from the collection of accounts placed with the Company.  The balance of the funds held on 
behalf  of  others  was  $1,112,175  and  $1,263,563  at  December  31,  2008  and  2007,  respectively.      There  is  an 
offsetting liability that is included in “Accounts payable” on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. 

Investments:    The  Company  accounts  for  its  investments  under  the  guidance  of  the  Financial  Accounting 
Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standard  (“SFAS”)  No.  115  (“SFAS  115”), 
“Accounting  for  Certain  Investments  in  Debt  and  Equity  Securities.”    At  December  31,  2008  and  2007,  the 
Company  did  not  have  any investments on the consolidated balance sheets; however, it did purchase investments 
during 2006. 

Other assets:  Other assets consist mainly of trade accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and derivatives used 

for hedging purposes.  

Concentrations of credit risk:  Financial instruments, which potentially expose the Company to concentrations 
of  credit  risk,  consist  primarily  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  investments.    The  Company  places  its  cash  and 
cash equivalents and investments with high quality financial institutions.  At times, cash balances may be in excess 
of the amounts insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.  

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities:  The Company accounts for derivatives and hedging activities 
in  accordance  with  FASB Statement  No. 133,  “Accounting  for  Derivative  Instruments  and  Certain  Hedging 
Activities,” as amended, which requires entities to recognize all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities 
in the balance sheet at their respective fair values. For derivatives designated in hedging relationships, changes in 
the fair value are either offset through earnings against the change in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the 
risk being hedged or recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income until the hedged item is recognized in 
earnings. 

The  Company  only  enters  into  derivative  contracts  that  it  intends  to  designate  as  a  hedge  of  a  forecasted 
transaction or the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (cash flow 
hedge).  For  all  hedging  relationships,  the  Company  formally  documents  the  hedging  relationship  and  its 
risk-management  objective  and  strategy  for  undertaking  the  hedge,  the  hedging  instrument,  the  hedged  item,  the 
nature  of  the  risk  being  hedged,  how  the  hedging  instrument’s  effectiveness  in  offsetting  the  hedged  risk  will  be 
assessed  prospectively  and  retrospectively,  and  a  description  of  the  method  of  measuring  ineffectiveness.  The 
Company also formally assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that 
are  used  in  hedging  transactions  are  highly  effective  in  offsetting  cash  flows  of  hedged  items.  For  derivative 
instruments  that  are  designated  and  qualify  as  a  cash-flow  hedge,  the  effective  portion  of  the  gain  or  loss  on  the 

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

derivative  is  reported  as  a  component  of  other  comprehensive  income  and  reclassified  into  earnings  in  the  same 
period  or  periods  during  which  the  hedged  transaction  affects  earnings.  Gains  and  losses  on  the  derivative 
representing  either  hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are 
recognized in current earnings. 

The  Company  discontinues  hedge  accounting  prospectively  when  it  determines  that  the  derivative  is  no  longer 
effective in offsetting cash flows of the hedged item, the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, the 
derivative is dedesignated as a hedging instrument because it is unlikely that a forecasted transaction will occur, or 
management determines that designation of the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate. 

In all situations in which hedge accounting is discontinued and the derivative is retained, the Company continues 
to carry the derivative at its fair value on the balance sheet and recognizes any subsequent changes in its fair value 
in  earnings.  When  it  is  probable  that  a  forecasted  transaction  will  not  occur,  the  Company  discontinues  hedge 
accounting and recognizes immediately in earnings gains and losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive 
income. 

Finance receivables and income recognition: The Company’s principal business consists of the acquisition and 
collection of accounts that have experienced deterioration of credit quality between origination and the Company's 
acquisition  of  the  accounts.    The  amount  paid  for  an  account  reflects  the  Company’s  determination  that  it  is 
probable  the  Company  will  be  unable  to  collect  all  amounts  due  according  to  the  account's  contractual  terms.  At 
acquisition, the Company reviews the portfolio both by account and aggregate pool to determine whether there is 
evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination and if it is probable that the Company will be unable to 
collect  all  amounts  due  according  to  the  account's  contractual  terms.  If  both  conditions  exist,  the  Company 
determines  whether  each  such  account  is  to  be  accounted  for  individually  or  whether  such  accounts  will  be 
assembled  into  pools  based  on  common  risk  characteristics.  The  Company  considers  expected  prepayments  and 
estimates the amount and timing of undiscounted expected principal, interest and other cash flows for each acquired 
portfolio  and  subsequently  aggregated  pools  of  accounts.  The  Company  determines  the  excess  of  the  pool's 
scheduled contractual principal and contractual interest payments over all cash flows expected at acquisition as an 
amount  that  should  not  be  accreted  (nonaccretable  difference)  based  on  the  Company’s  proprietary  acquisition 
models. The remaining amount, representing the excess of the account's cash flows expected to be collected over the 
amount  paid,  is  accreted  into  income  recognized  on  finance  receivables  over  the  remaining  life  of  the  account  or 
pool (accretable yield). 

Prior  to  January  1,  2005,  the  Company  accounted  for  its  investment  in  finance  receivables  using  the  interest 
method  under  the  guidance  of  Practice  Bulletin  6,  “Amortization  of  Discounts  on  Certain  Acquired  Loans.” 
Effective  January  1,  2005,  the  Company  adopted  and  began  to  account  for  its  investment  in  finance  receivables 
using  the  interest  method  under  the  guidance  of  American  Institute  of  Certified  Public  Accountants  (“AICPA”) 
Statement  of  Position  (“SOP”) 03-3,  “Accounting  for  Loans  or  Certain  Securities  Acquired  in  a  Transfer.”    For 
loans acquired in fiscal years beginning prior to December 15, 2004, Practice Bulletin 6 is still effective; however, 
Practice Bulletin 6 was amended by SOP 03-3 as described further in this note.  For loans acquired in fiscal years 
beginning  after  December  15,  2004,  SOP  03-3  is  effective.    Under  the  guidance  of  SOP  03-3  (and  the  amended 
Practice  Bulletin  6),  static  pools  of  accounts  may  be  established.    These  pools  are  aggregated  based  on  certain 
common risk criteria.  Each static pool is recorded at cost, which includes certain direct costs of acquisition paid to 
third  parties,  and  is  accounted  for  as  a  single  unit  for  the  recognition  of  income,  principal  payments  and  loss 
provision.  Once a static pool is established for a quarter, individual receivable accounts are not added to the pool 
(unless replaced by the seller) or removed from the pool (unless sold or returned to the seller).  SOP 03-3 (and the 
amended Practice Bulletin 6) requires that the excess of the contractual cash flows over expected cash flows not be 
recognized as an adjustment of revenue or expense or on the balance sheet. SOP 03-3 initially freezes the internal 
rate of return, referred to as IRR, estimated when the accounts receivable are purchased as the basis for subsequent 
impairment testing.  Significant increases in actual, or expected future cash flows may be recognized prospectively 
through an upward adjustment of the IRR over a portfolio’s remaining life. Any increase to the IRR then becomes 
the  new  benchmark  for  impairment  testing.    Effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2004  under 
SOP 03-3 (and the amended Practice Bulletin 6), rather than lowering the estimated IRR if the collection estimates 
are not received or projected to be received, the carrying value of a pool would be written down to maintain the then 
current IRR and is recorded as a reduction in revenue in the consolidated income statements with a corresponding 
valuation allowance offsetting the finance receivables, net, on the consolidated balance sheets.  Income on finance 
receivables  is  accrued  quarterly  based  on  each  static  pool’s  effective  IRR.  Quarterly  cash  flows  greater  than  the 

62

 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

interest accrual will reduce the carrying value of the static pool.  Likewise, cash flows that are less than the accrual 
will accrete the carrying balance.  The Company generally does not allow accretion in the first six to twelve months.  
The IRR is estimated and periodically recalculated based on the timing and amount of anticipated cash flows using 
the  Company’s  proprietary  collection  models.    A  pool  can  become  fully  amortized  (zero  carrying  balance  on  the 
balance  sheet)  while  still  generating  cash  collections.    In  this  case,  all  cash  collections  are recognized as revenue 
when received.  Additionally, the Company uses the cost recovery method when collections on a particular pool of 
accounts  cannot  be  reasonably  predicted.    These  pools  are  not  aggregated  with  other  portfolios.    Under  the  cost 
recovery method, no revenue is recognized until the Company has fully collected the cost of the portfolio, or until 
such time that the Company considers the collections to be probable and estimable and begins to recognize income 
based on the interest method as described above.  At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had unamortized 
purchased  principal  (purchase  price)  in  pools  accounted  for  under  the  cost  recovery  method  of  $3,668,133  and 
$6,301,373, respectively. 

The Company establishes valuation allowances for all acquired accounts subject to SOP 03-3 to reflect only those 
losses incurred after acquisition (that is, the present value of cash flows initially expected at acquisition that are no 
longer  expected  to  be  collected).  Valuation  allowances  are  established  only  subsequent  to  acquisition  of  the 
accounts.  At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had an allowance against its finance receivables of $23.6 
million and $4.2 million, respectively.  Prior to January 1, 2005, in the event that a reduction of the yield to as low 
as zero in conjunction with estimated future cash collections that were inadequate to amortize the carrying balance, 
an allowance charge would be taken with a corresponding write-off of the receivable balance. 

The  Company  capitalizes  certain  fees  paid  to  third  parties  related  to  the  direct  acquisition  of  a  portfolio  of 
accounts.  These fees are added to the acquisition cost of the portfolio and accordingly are amortized over the life of 
the  portfolio  using  the  interest  method.    The  balance  of  the  unamortized  capitalized  fees  at  December  31,  2008, 
2007 and 2006 was $3,078,560, $2,434,916 and $1,322,721, respectively.  During the years ended December 31, 
2008, 2007 and 2006 the Company capitalized $1,250,940, $1,683,951 and $805,640, respectively, of these direct 
acquisition  fees.    During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2008,  2007  and  2006  the  Company  amortized  $607,296, 
$571,756 and $511,320, respectively, of these direct acquisition fees.   

The agreements to purchase the aforementioned receivables include general representations and warranties from 
the  sellers  covering  account  holder  death  or  bankruptcy  and  accounts  settled  or  disputed  prior  to  sale.    The 
representation  and  warranty  period  permitting  the  return  of  these  accounts  from  the  Company  to  the  seller  is 
typically 90 to 180 days.  Any funds received from the seller of finance receivables as a return of purchase price are 
referred to as buybacks.  Buyback funds are simply applied against the finance receivable balance received and are 
not included in the Company’s cash collections from operations.  In some cases, the seller will replace the returned 
accounts with new accounts in lieu of returning the purchase price.  In that case, the old account is removed from 
the pool and the new account is added. 

Commissions:  The Company utilizes the provisions of Emerging Issues Task Force 99-19, “Reporting Revenue 
Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent” (“EITF 99-19”) to record commission revenue from its contingent fee, 
skip-tracing  and  government  processing  and  collection  subsidiaries.    EITF  99-19  requires  an  analysis  to  be 
completed  to  determine  if  certain  revenues  should  be  reported  gross  or  reported  net  of  their  related  operating 
expense.  This analysis includes who retains inventory/credit risk, who controls vendor selection, who establishes 
pricing and who remains the primary obligor on the transaction.  The Company considers each of these factors to 
determine the correct method of recognizing revenue from its subsidiaries.   

For the Company’s contingent fee collection subsidiary, the portfolios that are placed for servicing are owned by 
its  clients  and  are  placed  under  a  contingent  fee  commission  arrangement.    The  Company’s  subsidiary  is  paid  to 
collect  funds  from  the  client’s  debtors  and  earns  a  commission  generally  expressed  as  a  percentage  of  the  gross 
collection amount.  The “Commissions” line of the income statement reflects the contingent fee amount earned, and 
not the gross collection amount.  The Company discontinued its Anchor contingent fee operation during the second 
quarter of 2008. 

The  Company’s  skip  tracing  subsidiary  utilizes  gross  reporting  under  EITF  99-19.    IGS  generates  revenue  by 
working  an  account  and  successfully  locating  a  customer  for  their  client.    An  “investigative  fee”  is  received  for 
these services.  In addition, the Company incurs “agent expenses” where it hires a third-party collector to effectuate 
repossession.  In many cases the Company has an arrangement with its client which allows it to bill the client for 

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

these fees.  The Company has determined these fees to be gross revenue based on the criteria in EITF 99-19 and 
they are recorded as such in the line item “Commissions,” primarily because the Company is primarily liable to the 
third  party  collector. There is a corresponding expense in “Outside Legal and Other Fees and Services” for these 
pass-through items. 

The  Company’s  government  processing  and  collection  subsidiaries  utilize  both  gross  and  net  reporting  under 
EITF 99-19.  The Company’s government processing and collection business’s primary source of income is derived 
from  servicing  taxing  authorities  in  several  different  ways:  processing  all  of  their  tax  payments  and  tax  forms, 
collecting delinquent taxes, identifying taxes that are not being paid and auditing tax payments.  The processing and 
collection pieces are standard commission based billings or fee for service transactions.  When audits are conducted, 
there are two components. The first is a charge for the hours incurred on conducting the audit. This charge is for 
hours worked. This charge is up-charged from the actual costs incurred. The gross billing is a component of the line 
item  “Commissions”  and  the  expense  is  included  in  the  line  item  “Compensation  and  employee  services.”  The 
second item is for expenses incurred while conducting the audit. Most jurisdictions will reimburse the Company for 
direct expenses incurred for the audit including such items as travel and meals.  The billed amounts are included in 
the line item “Commissions” and the expense component is included in its appropriate expense category, generally, 
“Other operating expenses.” 

Property  and  equipment:    Property  and  equipment,  including  improvements  that  significantly  add  to  the 
productive  capacity  or  extend  useful  life,  are  recorded  at  cost,  while  maintenance  and  repairs  are  expensed 
currently.    Property  and  equipment  are  depreciated  over  their  useful  lives  using  the  straight-line  method  of 
depreciation. Software and computer equipment is amortized or depreciated over three to five years.  Furniture and 
fixtures  are  depreciated  over  five  years.    Equipment  is  depreciated  over  five  to  seven  years.    Leasehold 
improvements  are  depreciated  over  the  lesser  of  the  useful  life,  which  ranges  from  three  to  ten  years,  or  the 
remaining life of the leased property.  Building improvements are depreciated over ten to thirty-nine years.  When 
property is sold or retired, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the balance sheet and 
any gain or loss is included in the income statement. 

Intangible  assets:    The  Company  adopted  SFAS  No.  142,  “Goodwill  and  Other  Intangible  Assets”  (“SFAS 
142”) on October 1, 2004.  Prior to this date, the Company had no assets in this category.  With the acquisitions of 
IGS on October 1, 2004, RDS on July 29, 2005, The Palmer Group on July 25, 2007, MuniServices on July 1, 2008, 
and  BPA  on  August 1,  2008,  the  Company  purchased  certain  tangible  and  intangible  assets.  Intangible  assets 
purchased  included  client  and  customer  relationships,  non-compete  agreements,  trademarks  and  goodwill.  In 
accordance with SFAS 142, the Company is amortizing the IGS client relationships over seven years, The Palmer 
Group  customer  relationship  over  2.42 years,  the  RDS  and  BPA  customer  relationships  over  ten  years  and  the 
MuniServices customer relationships over 11 years.  The Company is amortizing the non-compete agreements over 
three years for the IGS, RDS and MuniServices acquisitions and 2.42 years for the BPA acquisition. The Company 
is amortizing trademarks over 14 years for the MuniServices acquisition.   The Company reviews these intangible 
assets  at  least  annually  for  impairment,  and  when  a  triggering  event  occurs.    In  addition,  goodwill,  pursuant  to 
SFAS 142, is not amortized but rather reviewed annually for impairment, and when a triggering event occurs.  

Income taxes:  The Company records a tax provision for the anticipated tax consequences of the reported results 
of operations.  In accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” (“SFAS 109”) the provision for 
income  taxes  is  computed  using  the  asset  and  liability method,  under  which  deferred  tax assets and liabilities are 
recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and 
tax bases of assets and liabilities, and for operating losses and tax credit carry-forwards.  Deferred tax assets and 
liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in 
which those tax assets are expected to be realized or settled.  Beginning with the adoption of FASB Interpretation 
No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”) as of January 1, 2007, the Company recognizes 
the  effect  of  the  income  tax  positions  only  if  those  positions  are  more  likely  than  not  of  being  sustained.  
Recognized  income  tax  positions  are  measured  at  the  largest  amount  that  is  greater  than  50%  likely  of  being 
realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs.  
Prior to the adoption of FIN 48, the Company recognized the effect of income tax positions only if such positions 
were probable of being sustained.  

Effective  with  the  Company’s  2002  tax  filings,  the  Company  adopted  the  cost  recovery  method  of  income 
recognition  for  tax  purposes.  The  Company  believes  cost  recovery  to  be  an  acceptable  tax  revenue  recognition 

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

method for companies in the bad debt purchasing industry and results in the reduction of current taxable income as, 
for tax purposes, collections on finance receivables are applied first to principal to reduce the finance receivables to 
zero before any income is recognized.  

The  Company  believes  that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  forecasted  income,  including  income  that  may  be 
generated  as a result of certain tax planning strategies, together with the tax effects of the deferred tax liabilities, 
will be sufficient to fully recover the deferred tax assets.  In the event that all or part of the deferred tax assets are 
determined not to be realizable in the future, a valuation allowance would be established and charged to earnings in 
the  period  such  determination  is  made.    Similarly,  if  the  Company  subsequently  realizes  deferred  tax  assets  that 
were previously determined to be unrealizable, the respective valuation allowance would be reversed, resulting in a 
positive adjustment to earnings or a decrease in goodwill in the period such determination is made. In addition, the 
calculation of tax liabilities involves significant judgment in estimating the impact of uncertainties in the application 
of complex tax laws.  Resolution of these uncertainties in a manner inconsistent with management’s expectations 
could have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations and financial position. 

Advertising costs:  Advertising costs are expensed when incurred. 

Operating leases:  General abatements or prepaid leasing costs are recognized on a straight-line basis over the 
life  of  the  lease.    In  addition,  future  minimum  lease  payments  (including  the  impact  of  rent  escalations)  are 
expensed on a straight-lined basis over the life of the lease.  Material leasehold improvements are capitalized and 
depreciated over the remaining life of the lease. 

Capital leases:  Leases are analyzed to determine if they meet the definition of a capital lease as defined in SFAS 
No. 13, “Accounting for Leases.”  Those lease arrangements that meet one of the four criteria are considered capital 
leases.  As such, the leased asset is capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease 
term or the estimated useful life of the asset.  The lease is recorded as a liability with each payment amortizing the 
principal balance and a portion classified as interest expense. 

Stock-based compensation:  The Company applied the intrinsic value method provided for under Accounting 
Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” for all warrants issued to 
employees prior to January 1, 2002.  For warrants and options issued to non-employees, the Company followed the 
fair value method of accounting as prescribed under SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock Based Compensation” 
(“SFAS 123”).  On January 1, 2002, the Company adopted SFAS 123 on a prospective basis for all warrants and 
options  granted  and  reported  the  change  in  accounting  principle  using  the  retroactive  restatement  method  as 
prescribed in SFAS No. 148 “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation – Transition and Disclosure.”  Effective 
January 1, 2006, the Company adopted FASB Statement No. 123R (“SFAS 123R”), “Share-Based Payment” using 
the modified prospective approach. 

Use of estimates:  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting 
principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and 
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported 
amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Significant  estimates  have  been  made  by  management  with  respect  to  the  timing  and  amount  of  future  cash 
collections  of  the  Company’s  finance  receivables  portfolios.    Actual  results  could  differ  from  these  estimates 
making it reasonably possible that a change in these estimates could occur within one year.  On a quarterly basis, 
management  reviews  the  estimates  of  future  cash  collections,  and  whether  it  is  reasonably  possible  that  its 
assessments of collectibility may change based on actual results and other factors. 

Estimated  fair  value  of  financial  instruments:    The  Company  applies  the  provisions  of  SFAS  No.  107, 
“Disclosures  About  Fair  Value  of  Financial  Instruments,”  to  its  financial  instruments.    Its  financial  instruments 
consist of cash and cash equivalents, finance receivables, net, line of credit and derivative instruments.  See Note 13 
for additional disclosure.   

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Recent  Accounting  Pronouncements:  On  September 15,  2006,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No. 157,  “Fair  Value 
Measurements” (“SFAS 157”). SFAS 157 establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures 
about fair value measurements. The changes to current practice resulting from the application of SFAS 157 relate to 
the definition of fair value, the methods used to measure fair value, and the expanded disclosures about fair value 
measurements. SFAS 157 was originally effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim 
periods within those fiscal years but was amended on February 6, 2008 to defer the effective date for one year for 
certain  nonfinancial  assets  and  liabilities.  The  Company  adopted  SFAS  157  on  January 1,  2008,  which  had  no 
material impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial 
Liabilities”  (“SFAS  159”).  SFAS  159  is  effective  for  fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. SFAS 159 
allows entities to choose, at specified election dates, to measure eligible financial assets and liabilities at fair value 
that are not otherwise required to be measured at fair value. If a company elects the fair value option for an eligible 
item, changes in that item’s fair value in subsequent reporting periods must be recognized in current earnings. SFAS 
159  also  establishes  presentation  and  disclosure  requirements  designed  to  draw  comparison  between  entities  that 
elect  different  measurement  attributes  for  similar  assets  and  liabilities.  The  Company  adopted  SFAS  159  on 
January 1, 2008, which had no material impact on its consolidated financial statements 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141R, “Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141R”). SFAS 141R 
establishes principles and requirements for how the acquirer of a business recognizes and measures in its financial 
statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree. 
The  statement  also  provides  guidance  for  recognizing  and  measuring  the  goodwill  acquired  in  the  business 
combination, recognizing assets acquired and liabilities assumed arising from contingencies, and determining what 
information to disclose to enable users of the financial statement to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the 
business  combination.  SFAS  141R  is  effective  for  acquisitions  consummated  in  fiscal  years  beginning  after 
December 15, 2008. The Company expects SFAS 141R will have an impact on its consolidated financial statements 
when effective, but the nature and magnitude of the specific effects will depend upon the nature, terms and size of 
the acquisitions that the Company consummates after the effective date. 

In  December 2007,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No. 160,  “Noncontrolling  Interests  in  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements” (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 changes the accounting and reporting for minority interests, which will be 
recharacterized as noncontrolling interests and classified as a component of equity. This new consolidation method 
significantly changes the accounting for transactions with minority interest holders. SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal 
years beginning after December 15, 2008 with early application prohibited. The Company believes SFAS 160 will 
have no material impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” 
(“SFAS  161”).  SFAS  161  requires  expanded  disclosures  regarding  the  location  and  amounts  of  derivative 
instruments in an entity’s financial statements, how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted 
for  under  SFAS  133,  “Accounting  for  Derivative  Instruments  and  Hedging  Activities”,  and  how  derivative 
instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, operating results and cash flows. SFAS 
161 is effective for periods beginning on or after November 15, 2008. The Company believes SFAS 161 will have 
no material impact on its consolidated financial statements.  

     In April 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position (“FSP”) 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible 
Assets” (“FSP 142-3”). FSP 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension 
assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and 
Other Intangible Assets”. FSP 142-3 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company 
believes FSP 142-3 will have no material impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

3. Finance Receivables, net: 

As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had $563,830,227 and $410,296,594, respectively, remaining 
of finance receivables, net.  Changes in finance receivables, net for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, 
were as follows (amounts in thousands): 

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

2008

2007

Balance at beginning of year
Acquisitions of finance receivables, net of buybacks

$                     

410,297
273,746

$                     

226,448
261,310

Cash collections
Income recognized on finance receivables, net
Cash collections applied to principal

(326,699)
206,486
(120,213)

(262,166)
184,705
(77,461)

Balance at end of year

$                    

563,830

$                     

410,297

At the time of acquisition, the life of each pool is generally estimated to be between 84 to 96 months based on 
projected  amounts  and  timing  of  future  cash  receipts  using  the  proprietary  models  of  the  Company.    As  of 
December  31,  2008,  the  Company  had  $563,830,227  in  finance  receivables,  net  included  in  the  consolidated 
balance  sheet.    Based  upon  current  projections,  cash  collections  applied  to  principal  will  be  as  follows  for  the 
following years ending December 31, (amounts in thousands):  

2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016

$                   

$                  

123,092
137,922
125,508
97,999
47,108
22,250
8,478
1,473
563,830

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008,  the  Company  purchased  $4.6  billion  of  face  value  of  charged-off 
consumer  receivables.    During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2007,  the  Company  purchased  $11.1  billion  of  face 
value  of  charged-off  consumer  receivables.    At  December  31,  2008,  the  estimated  remaining  collections  on  the 
receivables purchased during 2008 and 2007 were $487,446,858 and $355,745,176, respectively. 

Accretable yield represents the amount of income recognized on finance receivables the Company can expect to 
generate over the remaining life of its existing portfolios based on estimated future cash flows as of December 31, 
2008  and  2007.  Reclassifications  from  nonaccretable  difference  to  accretable  yield  primarily  result  from  the 
Company’s  increase  in  its  estimate  of  future  cash  flows.  Reclassifications  to  nonaccretable  difference  from 
accretable  yield  results  from  allowance charges that exceed the Company’s increase in its estimate of future cash 
flows.  Changes in accretable yield for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows (amounts in 
thousands): 

2008

2007

$                     

$                     

492,268
(206,486)
288,854
(22,901)
551,735

326,775
(184,705)
279,726
70,472
492,268

$                    

$                     

Balance at beginning of year
Income recognized on finance receivables, net
Additions
Reclassifications (to)/from nonaccretable difference
Balance at end of year

67

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company recorded a $20,405,000, $3,210,000 
and  $1,100,000  allowance  charge,  respectively,  on  portfolios  that  had  underperformed  expectations.  During  the 
years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company also reversed $1,015,000 and $280,000, respectively, of 
allowance charges recorded in prior periods.  The changes in the valuation allowance for finance receivables for the 
years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 are as follows (amounts in thousands): 

2008

2007

2006

Balance at beginning of year
Allowance charges recorded
Reversal of previously recorded allowance charges
Change in allowance charge
Balance at end of year

4. Operating Leases: 

$                         

$                         

$                          

4,230
20,405
(1,015)
19,390
23,620

1,300
3,210
(280)
2,930
4,230

200
1,100
-
1,100
1,300

$                      

$                        

$                      

The  Company  rents  office  space  and  equipment  under  operating  leases.    Rental  expense  was  $3,060,710, 

$2,511,842 and $1,915,103 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. 

Future  minimum  lease  payments  for  operating  leases  at  December  31,  2008,  are  as  follows  (amounts  in 

thousands): 

2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
Thereafter

$             

3,638
3,646
3,111
3,031
3,034
5,266

$           

21,726

5. Intangible Assets, net: 

With  the  acquisition  of  IGS  on  October  1,  2004,  RDS  on  July  29,  2005,  The Palmer Group on July 25, 2007, 
MuniServices on July 1, 2008, and BPA on August 1, 2008, the Company purchased certain tangible and intangible 
assets.  Intangible assets purchased included client and customer relationships, non-compete agreements, trademarks 
and  goodwill.    In  accordance  with  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  Statement  of  Financial 
Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS 142”), the Company is 
amortizing the IGS client relationships over seven years, The Palmer Group customer relationship over 2.42 years, 
the RDS and BPA customer relationships over ten years and the MuniServices customer relationships over 11 years. 
The  Company  is  amortizing  the  non-compete  agreements  over  three  years  for  the  IGS,  RDS  and  MuniServices 
acquisitions and 2.42 years for the BPA acquisition. The Company is amortizing trademarks over 14 years for the 
MuniServices  acquisition.    The  combined  original  weighted  average  amortization  period  is  9.14  years.    The 
Company  reviews  these  relationships  at  least  annually  for  impairment.    Total  amortization  expense  for  the  years 
ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $2,140,942, $1,834,404 and $2,268,652, respectively.   

Intangible assets consist of the following at December 31, 2008 and 2007 (amounts in thousands): 

2008

2007

Client and customer relationships
Non-compete agreements
Trademarks

Accumulated  amortization

Intangible assets, net

$                 

$                  

17,823
2,527
2,100
(9,021)
13,429

9,926
2,000
-
(6,880)
5,046

$                  

$                

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Amortization  expense  relating  to  the  non-compete  agreements  is  calculated  on  a  straight-line  method  (which 
approximates  the  pattern  of  economic  benefit  concept)  for  the  IGS,  MuniServices  and  BPA  non-compete 
agreements and a pattern of economic benefit concept for the RDS non-compete agreements.  Amortization expense 
relating  to  the  client  and  customer  relationships  is  calculated  using  a  pattern  of  economic  benefit  concept  for  the 
IGS,  RDS  and  MuniServices  acquisitions,  straight-line  over  the  length  of  the  contract  for  The  Palmer  Group 
acquisition  and  straight-line  over  their  estimated  useful  lives  of  ten  years  for  the  BPA  acquisition.    Amortization 
expense relating to the trademarks is calculated using a pattern of economic benefit concept for the MuniServices 
acquisition.    The  pattern  of  economic  benefit  concept  relies  on  expected  net  cash  flows  from  all  existing  clients.  
The rate of amortization of the client relationships will fluctuate annually to match these expected cash flows. 

The future amortization of these intangible assets is estimated to be as follows as of December 31, 2008 (amounts 

in thousands): 

2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
Thereafter

$                  

2,673
2,552
2,033
1,414
1,190
3,567
13,429

$               

In  addition,  goodwill,  pursuant  to  SFAS  142,  is  not  amortized  but  rather  is  reviewed  at  least  annually  for 
impairment.  During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company underwent its annual review of goodwill.  Based upon 
the results of this review, which was conducted as of October 1, 2008, no impairment charges to goodwill or the 
other  intangible  assets  were  necessary  as  of  the  date  of  this  review.    The  Company  believes  that  nothing  has 
occurred since the review was performed through December 31, 2008, that would indicate a triggering event and 
thereby  necessitate  an  impairment  charge  to  goodwill  or  the  other  intangible  assets.    At  December  31,  2008  and 
December 31, 2007, the carrying value of goodwill was $27,545,582 and $18,620,277, respectively.  The changes 
in goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 are as follows (amounts in thousands): 

Goodwill

December 31, 2006
Acquistion of The Palmer Group
December 31, 2007
Acquistion of MuniServices and BPA
December 31, 2008

6. Acquisitions: 

$                

$               

18,287
333
18,620
8,926
27,546

On July 1, 2008, the Company acquired 100% of the membership interests of MuniServices.  MuniServices was 
founded  in  1978  and  is  a  provider  of  revenue  enhancement  and  related  services  to  state  and  local  governments.  
Although most of its clients are in California, it also serves clients in Texas, Florida, Pennsylvania, Georgia, Nevada 
and the District of Columbia.  MuniServices has a workforce of approximately 115 employees.  The President of 
MuniServices  and  three  other  members  of  the  management  team  have  entered  into  long-term  employment 
agreements.  The consolidated income statement for 2008 includes the results of operations of MuniServices for the 
period from July 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008. 

The transaction was completed at a price of $24.6 million, consisting of $22.5 million in cash and $2.1 million 
in  PRA  Inc  common  stock.  The  total  purchase  price  could  increase  by  a  total  of  $4.5 million  in  stock  through 
contingent payments in 2009 and 2010, related to specific operating goals.  The common stock component of the 
purchase  price  resulted  in  the  issuance  of  163,622  shares  of  unregistered  stock  to  the  sellers  of  MuniServices  of 
which 112,018 shares are being held in escrow and are subject to the earn out and target revenue provisions of the 
asset purchase agreement.  If the earn out and target revenue provisions are met, the shares held in escrow will be 
issued resulting in additional purchase price which will be allocated to goodwill.  The share count was determined 
by using a formula agreed to by both parties and contained within the purchase agreement. 

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

On August 1, 2008, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Broussard Partners and Associates, 
Inc.  (“BPA”),  which  is  operating  as  a  part  of  RDS.    BPA,  founded  in  1995,  is  a  provider  of  audit  services  to 
parishes  in  Louisiana,  with  34  of  the  state's  64  parishes  as  clients.  BPA  has  a  workforce  of  approximately  25 
employees.    The  President  of  BPA  has  entered  into  a  long-term  employment  agreement  with  RDS.    The 
consolidated  income  statement  for  2008  includes  the  results  of  operations  of  BPA  for  the  period  from  August  1, 
2008 through December 31, 2008. 

Both  of  these  acquisitions  provided  the  Company  additional  clients  and  contracts  in  the  government  sector.  
These clients are located in geographic regions the Company had not previously been servicing.  The following is 
an allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with the acquisitions 
of MuniServices and BPA (amounts in thousands): 

Purchase price, including acquisition costs and net of cash received
Accounts receivable and prepaid expenses (included in other assets)
Customer relationships
Non-compete agreements
Trademarks
Fixed assets
Deferred tax asset
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Accrued payroll
Goodwill

$27,888
(2,935)
(7,898)
(527)
(2,100)
(6,857)
(363)
549
257
912
$8,926

7. Capital Leases: 

Leased assets included in property and equipment consists of the following as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 

(amounts in thousands): 

Software
Computer equipment
Furniture and fixtures
Equipment
Less accumulated amortization

2008

2007

$             

270
39
1,260
27
(1,519)

$             

270
48
1,260
27
(1,413)

$              

77

$             

192

Amortization expense recognized on capital leases for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was 
$115,079,  $143,313  and  $183,904,  respectively.    Future  minimum  lease  payments  for  these  capital  leases  as  of 
December 31, 2008 were $5,675, and these leases were paid in full in January 2009. 

8. 401(k) Retirement Plan: 

The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan.  Under the plan, all employees over twenty-one years of age 
are  eligible  to  make  voluntary  contributions  to  the  plan  up  to  100%  of  their  compensation,  subject  to  Internal 
Revenue Service limitations after completing six months of service, as defined in the plan.  The Company makes 
matching  contributions  of  up  to  4%  of  an  employee’s  salary.    Total  compensation  expense  related  to  these 
contributions  was  $959,902,  $843,387  and  $682,115  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2008,  2007  and  2006, 
respectively. 

70

 
 
      
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

9. Line of Credit: 

On  November  29,  2005,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Loan  and  Security  Agreement  for  a  revolving  line  of 
credit jointly offered by Bank of America, N. A. and Wachovia Bank, National Association.  The agreement was 
amended on May 9, 2006 to include RBC Centura Bank as an additional lender, again on May 4, 2007 to increase 
the  line  of  credit  to  $150,000,000  and  incorporate  a  $50,000,000  non-revolving  fixed  rate  sub-limit,  again  on 
October  26,  2007  to  increase  the  line  of  credit  to  $270,000,000,  again  on  March  18,  2008  to  increase  the  non-
revolving  fixed  rate  sub-limit  to  $100,000,000,  again  on  May  2,  2008  to  include  SunTrust  Bank  as  an  additional 
lender and to increase the line of credit to $340,000,000, and again on September 3, 2008 to include J.P. Morgan 
Chase Bank as an additional lender and to increase the line of credit to $365,000,000.  The agreement is a line of 
credit in an amount equal to the lesser of $365,000,000 or 30% of the Company’s estimated remaining collections of 
all its eligible asset pools. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility bear interest at a floating rate equal to the 
one  month  LIBOR  Market  Index  Rate  plus  1.40%,  which  was  1.836%  at  December  31,  2008,  and  the  facility 
expires on May 2, 2011. The Company also pays an unused line fee equal to three-tenths of one percent, or 30 basis 
points, on any unused portion of the line of credit.  The loan is collateralized by substantially all the tangible and 
intangible assets of the Company.  The agreement provides as follows: 

•  monthly borrowings may not exceed 30% of estimated remaining collections; 
• 

funded debt to EBITDA (defined as net income, less income or plus loss from discontinued operations and 
extraordinary  items,  plus  income  taxes,  plus  interest  expense,  plus  depreciation,  depletion,  amortization 
(including finance receivable amortization) and other non-cash charges) ratio must be less than 2.0 to 1.0 
calculated on a rolling twelve-month average; 
tangible net worth must be at least 100% of tangible net worth reported at September 30, 2005, plus 25% 
of cumulative positive net income since the end of such fiscal quarter, plus 100% of the net proceeds from 
any  equity  offering  without  giving  effect  to  reductions in tangible net worth due to repurchases of up to 
$100,000,000 of the Company’s common stock; and 
restrictions on change of control.  

• 

• 

As  of  December  31,  2008  and  2007,  outstanding  borrowings  under  the  facility  totaled  $268,300,000  and 
$168,000,000,  respectively,  of  which  $50,000,000  was  part  of  the  non-revolving  fixed  rate  sub-limit  which  bears 
interest at 6.80% and expires on May 4, 2012.  As of December 31, 2008, the Company is in compliance with all of 
the covenants of the agreement. 

10. 

Derivative Instruments: 

The  Company  may  periodically  enter  into  derivative  financial  instruments,  typically  interest  rate  swap 
agreements, to reduce its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates on variable-rate debt and their impact on earnings 
and cash flows. The Company does not utilize derivative financial instruments with a level of complexity or with a 
risk  greater  than  the  exposure  to  be  managed  nor  does  it  enter  into  or  hold  derivatives  for  trading  or  speculative 
purposes.  The  Company  periodically  reviews  the  creditworthiness  of  the  swap  counterparty  to  assess  the 
counterparty’s  ability  to  honor  its  obligation.   Based  on  the  provisions  of  SFAS  No. 133,  “Accounting  for 
Derivative  Instruments  and  Hedging  Activities”  as  amended  and  interpreted,  the  Company  records  derivative 
financial instruments at fair value.  

On December 16, 2008, the Company entered into an interest rate forward rate swap transaction (the "Swap") 
with  J.P.  Morgan  Chase  Bank,  National  Association  pursuant  to  an  ISDA  Master  Agreement  which  contains 
customary representations, warranties and covenants.  The Swap has an effective date of January 1, 2010, with an 
initial notional amount of $50,000,000. Under the Swap, the Company will receive a floating interest rate based on 
1-month  LIBOR  Market  Index  Rate  and  will  pay  a  fixed  interest  rate  of  1.89%  through  maturity  of  the  Swap  on 
May 1, 2011. Notwithstanding the terms of the Swap, the Company is ultimately obligated for all amounts due and 
payable under the credit facility.  

The  Company’s  financial  derivative  instrument  is  designated  and  qualifies  as  a  cash  flow  hedge,  and  the 
effective portion of the gain or loss on such hedge is reported as a component of other comprehensive income in the 
consolidated financial statements. To the extent that the hedging relationship is not effective, the ineffective portion 
of  the  change  in  fair  value  of  the  derivative  is  recorded  in  other  income  (expense).  The  hedge  was  considered 
effective  for  the  period  from  December  16,  2008  through  December  31,  2008.   Hedges  that  receive  designated 

71

 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

hedge accounting treatment are evaluated for effectiveness at the time that they are designated, as well as through 
the hedging period. 

 The fair value of the Company’s cash flow hedge has been recorded as an asset and is included with other 
assets in the consolidated balance sheet. The fair value of the asset was $88,813 at December 31, 2008. Changes in 
fair value were recorded as an adjustment to other comprehensive income of $88,813 at December 31, 2008. The 
Company had no derivative instruments as of December 31, 2007.  Amounts in other comprehensive income will be 
reclassified  into  earnings  under  certain  situations;  for  example,  if  the  occurrence  of  the  transaction  is  no  longer 
probable  or  no  longer  qualifies  for  hedge  accounting.  The  Company  does  not  expect  to  reclassify  any  amount 
currently included in other comprehensive income into earnings within the next 12 months. 

11. 

Property and equipment, net: 

Property  and  equipment,  at  cost,  consist  of  the  following  as  of  December  31,  2008  and  2007  (amounts  in 

thousands): 

2008

2007

Software
Computer equipment
Furniture and fixtures
Equipment
Leasehold improvements
Building and improvements
Land

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

Property and equipment, net

$                

$                  

14,380
7,951
5,150
5,370
3,449
5,948
992
(19,356)
23,884

6,147
6,083
4,758
4,742
2,557
5,123
939
(14,178)
16,171

$                

$                

  Depreciation and amortization expense, relating to property and equipment, for the years ended December 31, 

2008, 2007 and 2006 was $5,283,058, $3,682,686 and $2,861,976, respectively. 

Beginning in July 2006 upon initiation of certain internally developed software projects, in accordance with the 
provisions of SOP 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use,” 
the  Company  began  capitalizing  qualifying  computer  software  costs  incurred  during  the  application  development 
stage and amortizing them over their estimated useful life of three years on a straight-line basis beginning when the 
project is completed.  Costs associated with preliminary project stage activities, training, maintenance and all other 
post implementation stage activities are expensed as incurred.  The Company’s policy provides for the capitalization 
of  certain  direct  payroll costs  for  employees  who  are  directly  associated  with  internal  use  computer  software 
projects, as well as external direct costs of services associated with developing or obtaining internal use software.  
Capitalizable personnel costs are limited to the time directly spent on such projects.  As of December 31, 2008 and 
2007, the Company has incurred and capitalized $1,036,275 and $524,456, respectively, of these direct payroll costs 
related to software developed for internal use.   As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, of these costs, $593,560 and 
$98,511,  respectively,  are  for  projects  that  are  in  the  development  stage  and  therefore  are  a  component  of  Other 
Assets.  Once the projects are completed the costs will be transferred to Software and amortized over their estimated 
useful life of three to seven years.  Amortization expense and remaining unamortized costs relating to this internally 
developed  software  as  of  and  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008  were  $88,543  and  $332,718,  respectively.  
Amortization expense and remaining unamortized costs relating to this internally developed software as of and for 
the year ended December 31, 2007 were $21,454 and $404,491, respectively. 

12. 

Long-Term Debt: 

On February 20, 2002, the Company completed the construction of a satellite parking lot at its Norfolk location. 
The  parking  lot  was  financed  with  a  commercial  loan  for  $500,000  with  a  fixed  rate  of  6.47%.  The  loan  was 
collateralized by the parking lot.  The loan required only interest payments during the first six months.  Beginning 
October 1, 2002, monthly payments on the loan were $9,797 and the loan was paid in full at its maturity date of 
September 1, 2007. 

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

On May 1, 2003, the Company secured financing for its computer equipment purchases related to the Hampton, 
Virginia office opening.  The computer equipment was financed with a commercial loan for $975,000 with a fixed 
rate of 4.25%.  This loan was collateralized by computer equipment.  Monthly payments were $18,096, and the loan 
was paid in full on May 7, 2007. 

On January 9, 2004, the Company entered into a commercial loan agreement to finance equipment purchases at 
one of its leased Norfolk facilities in the amount of $750,000 with a fixed rate of 4.45%.  Monthly payments were 
$13,975, and the loan was paid in full on May 7, 2007. 

13. 

Estimated Fair Value of Financial Instruments: 

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include  various  estimated  fair  value  information  as  of 
December  31,  2008  and  2007,  as  required  by  SFAS  No.  107,  “Disclosures  About  Fair  Value  of  Financial 
Instruments” and amended by SFAS No. 157 (“SFAS 157”), “Fair Value Measurements.”  SFAS 157 defines fair 
value  as  the  price  that  would  be  received  to  sell  an  asset  or  paid  to  transfer  a  liability  in  an  orderly  transaction 
between market participants at the measurement date.  SFAS 157 also requires the consideration of differing levels 
of inputs in the determination of fair values.  Based upon the fact there are no quoted prices in active markets or 
other observable market data, the Company used unobservable inputs for computation of the fair value of finance 
receivables, net.  Disclosure of the estimated fair values of financial instruments often requires the use of estimates.  
The Company uses the following methods and assumptions to estimate the fair value of financial instruments. 

Cash and cash equivalents:  The carrying amount approximates fair value. 

Finance  receivables,  net:    The  Company records purchased receivables at cost, which represents a significant 
discount from the contractual receivable balances due.  The cost of the receivables is reduced as cash is received 
based  upon  the  guidance  of  Practice  Bulletin  6  and  as  amended  by  SOP  03-3.    The  carrying  amount  of  finance 
receivables,  net,  as  of  December  31,  2008  and  2007  was  approximately  $564,000,000  and  $410,000,000, 
respectively.  The Company computed the fair value of these receivables using proprietary pricing models that the 
Company  utilizes  to  make  portfolio  purchase  decisions.  As  of  December  31,  2008  and  2007,  using  the 
aforementioned  methodology,  the  Company  computed  the  approximate  fair  value  to  be  $565,000,000  and 
$451,000,000, respectively.  

Line of credit:  The carrying amount approximates fair value, as the interest rates approximate the rate currently 

offered to the Company for similar debt instruments of comparable maturities by the Company’s bankers. 

Derivative instrument:  The carrying amount approximates fair value, which is determined using pricing models 
developed  based  on the LIBOR swap rate and other observable market data, adjusted for nonperformance risk of 
both the counterparty and the Company. 

14. 

Share-Based Compensation:  

The  Company  has  a  stock  option  and  nonvested  share  plan.    The  Amended  and  Restated  Portfolio  Recovery 
Associates  2002  Stock  Option  Plan  and  2004  Restricted  Stock  Plan  (“Amended  Plan”)  was  approved  by  the 
Company’s shareholders at its Annual Meeting of Shareholders on May 12, 2004, enabling the Company to issue to 
its employees and directors nonvested shares of stock, as well as stock options.   

Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 (“SFAS 
123”),  “Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation,”  prospectively  to  all  employee  awards  granted,  modified,  or 
settled after January 1, 2002.  All stock-based compensation measured under the provisions of APB 25 became fully 
vested  during  2002.    All  stock-based  compensation  expense  recognized  thereafter  was  derived  from  stock-based 
compensation  based  on  the  fair  value  method  prescribed  in  SFAS  123.    Effective  January  1,  2006,  the  Company 
adopted SFAS No. 123R (“SFAS 123R”), “Share-Based Payment” using the modified prospective approach.  The 
adoption of SFAS 123R had no material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Income Statement or on previously 
reported interim periods.  As of December 31, 2008, total estimated future compensation costs related to awards of 
nonvested  shares  (not  including  nonvested  shares  granted  under  the  Long-Term  Incentive  Program)  were 
approximately  $3.3  million.  The  weighted  average  remaining  life  is  1.1  years  for  stock  options  and  3.4  years  for 
nonvested shares (not including nonvested shares granted under the Long-Term Incentive Program).  Based upon 

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

historical  data,  the  Company  used  an  annual  forfeiture  rate  of  14%  for  stock  options  and  between  20%-40%  for 
nonvested shares for most of the employee grants. Grants made to key employee hires and directors of the Company 
were  assumed  to  have  no  forfeiture  rates  associated  with  them  due  to  the  historically  low  turnover  among  this 
group.  In addition, commensurate with the adoption of SFAS 123R, all previous references to “restricted stock” are 
now referred to as “nonvested shares”. 

Total  share-based  compensation  expense  was  $140,590,  $2,575,253  and  $2,116,631  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  Tax benefits resulting from tax deductions in excess of share-
based  compensation  expense  recognized  under  the  fair  value  recognition  provisions  of  SFAS  123R  (windfall  tax 
benefits)  are  credited  to  additional  paid-in  capital  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  Realized  tax 
shortfalls are first offset against the cumulative balance of windfall tax benefits, if any, and then charged directly to 
income tax expense.  The total tax benefit realized from share-based compensation expense was approximately $0.9 
million, $2.4 million and $3.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.   

Stock Options 

The  Company  created  the  2002  Stock  Option  Plan  on  November  7,  2002.    The  plan  was  amended  in  2004  to 
enable  the  Company  to  issue  restricted  shares  of  stock  to  its  employees  and  directors.  Up  to  2,000,000  shares  of 
common stock may be issued under the Amended Plan.  The Amended Plan expires November 7, 2012.  All options 
issued under the Amended Plan vest ratably over five years.  Granted options expire seven years from grant date.  
Expiration dates range between November 7, 2009 and January 16, 2011.  Options granted to a single person cannot 
exceed 200,000 in a single year.  As of December 31, 2008, 895,000 options have been granted under the Amended 
Plan,  of  which  118,905  have  been  cancelled  and  are  eligible  for  regrant.    These  options  are  accounted  for  under 
SFAS 123R and all expenses for 2008, 2007 and 2006 are included in earnings as a component of compensation 
and employee services expense. 

The following summarizes all option related transactions from December 31, 2005 through December 31, 2008 

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts): 

December 31, 2005
Exercised
Cancelled
December 31, 2006
Exercised
Cancelled
December 31, 2007
Exercised
Cancelled
December 31, 2008

Options
Outstanding
505
(189)
(15)
301
(130)
(8)
163
(38)
(2)
123

Weighted-Average 
Exercise Price Per 
Share
$                  

Weighted-Average 
Fair Value Per 
Share

$                    

15.12
13.19
13.00
16.43
15.97
13.00
16.97
15.87
21.50
17.24

3.06
2.76
2.71
3.27
3.33
2.71
3.25
3.31
4.60
3.21

$                  

$                    

All  of  the  stock  options  were  issued  to  employees  of  the  Company  except  for 40,000 that were issued to non-
employee directors.   Non-employee directors were granted 20,000 stock options in 2004.  No stock options were 
granted in 2008, 2007 or 2006.  The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 
2008, 2007 and 2006, was approximately $0.9 million, $4.1 million, and $6.3 million, respectively. 

The following information is as of December 31, 2008 (amounts in thousands except per share amounts): 
Options Exercisable
Weighted-Average 
Exercise Price Per 
Share

Weighted-Average 
Exercise Price Per 
Share

Average Remaining 
Contractual Life

Aggregate 
Intrinsic Value

Number
Outstanding

Number
Exercisable

Options Outstanding

Exercise
Prices

Aggregate 
Intrinsic Value

$   13.00
$   16.16
$   27.77 - $  29.79
Total as of December 31, 2008

85
5
33
123

0.9
0.9
1.7
1.1

$                 

$                 

13.00
16.16
28.28
17.24

$         

$         

1,763
97
183
2,043

85
5
30
120

74

$                   

$                   

13.00
16.16
28.22
16.95

$         

$         

1,763
97
169
2,029

 
 
 
 
 
  
            
           
                   
                     
             
                   
                     
            
                   
                     
           
                   
                     
               
                   
                     
            
                   
                     
             
                   
                     
               
                   
                     
            
 
 
               
                        
                
                 
                        
                  
               
                  
                     
               
               
                        
                  
             
                
                     
             
             
                        
             
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

 The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to calculate the value of the stock options when 
granted.  This model was developed to estimate the fair value of traded options, which have different characteristics 
than  employee  stock  options.    In  addition,  changes  to  the  subjective  input  assumptions  can  result  in  materially 
different  fair  market  value  estimates.    Therefore,  the  Black-Scholes  model  may  not  necessarily  provide  a  reliable 
single measure of the fair value of employee stock options. 

Nonvested Shares 

Prior to the approval of the Amended Plan on May 12, 2004, nonvested shares were issued by the Company as an 
incentive to attract new employees and, effective May 12, 2004, are being issued pursuant to the Amended Plan to 
directors  and  existing  employees  as  well.    Generally,  nonvested  share  awards  are  issued  at  market  value  and 
typically vest ratably over five years.  Nonvested share grants are expensed over their vesting period.    

The  following  summarizes  all  nonvested  share  transactions  from  December  31,  2005  through  December  31, 

2008(amounts in thousands except per share amounts): 

December 31, 2005
Granted 
Vested
Cancelled
December 31, 2006
Granted 
Vested

Cancelled
December 31, 2007
Granted 

Vested
Cancelled
December 31, 2008

Nonvested 
Shares 
Outstanding
135
83
(28)
(19)
171
9
(41)

(16)
123
27

(37)
(15)
98

Weighted-
Average Price 
at Grant Date
$            
34.96
46.88
33.88
37.75
40.59
43.42
38.74

38.23
41.72
37.47

39.55
40.05
41.60

$            

The total grant date fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, was 

$1,446,897, $1,584,621 and $940,644, respectively. 

Long-Term Incentive Programs 

Pursuant to the Amended Plan, on March 30, 2007 and January 4, 2008, the Compensation Committee approved 
the grant of 96,550 and 80,000, respectively, of performance based nonvested shares.  The shares were granted to 
key employees of the Company.  The grants are performance based and cliff vest after the requisite service period of 
three  years  if  certain  financial  goals  are  met.    The  goals  are  based  upon  cumulative  diluted  earnings  per  share 
(“EPS”)  totals  for  the  2007,  2008  and  2009 years  for  the  2007  grant  and  EPS  totals  for  the  2008,  2009  and 
2010 years for the 2008 grant, as well as the return on invested capital for the same periods.  The number of shares 
vested can double if the financial goals are exceeded or no shares can vest if the financial goals are not met.  For 
both the 2007 and 2008 grants, the Company was expensing the nonvested shares over the requisite service period 
of three years beginning January 1, 2007 and 2008, respectively.  During 2008, the Company reversed $1.2 million 
of    estimated  compensation  costs  that  had  been  previously  accrued  relating  to  the  2007  Long  Term  Incentive 
Program because the achievement of the performance targets of the program were deemed unlikely to be achieved.  
During  2008,  no  estimated  compensation  costs  were  accrued  relating  to  the  2008  Long  Term  Incentive  Program 
because  the  achievement  of  the  performance  targets  of  the  program  were  deemed  unlikely  to  be  achieved.  In  the 
future, if the Company believes that the performance targets of the programs will be achieved, an adjustment to the 

75

 
 
 
 
 
                
                  
              
                 
              
                 
              
                
              
                    
              
                 
              
                 
              
                
              
                  
              
                 
              
                 
              
                  
    
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

expense will be made at that time based on the probable outcome.  The Company assumed a 7.5% forfeiture rate for 
these grants and the shares have a weighted average life of 1.47 years at December 31, 2008. 

15. 

Earnings per Share:  

Basic  earnings  per  share  (“EPS”)  are  computed  by  dividing  income  available  to  common  shareholders  by 
weighted average common shares outstanding.  Diluted EPS are computed using the same components as basic EPS 
with  the  denominator  adjusted  for  the  dilutive  effect  of  stock  options  and  nonvested  share  awards.    Share-based 
awards that are contingent upon the attainment of performance goals are not included in the computation of diluted 
EPS until the performance goals have been attained.  The dilutive effect of stock options and nonvested shares is 
computed using the treasury stock method, which assumes any proceeds that could be obtained upon the exercise of 
stock  options  and  vesting  of  nonvested  shares  would  be  used  to  purchase  common  shares  at  the  average  market 
price for the period. The assumed proceeds include the windfall tax benefit that would be received upon assumed 
exercise. The following table provides a reconciliation between the computation of basic EPS and diluted EPS for 
the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 (amounts in thousands, except per share amounts): 

2008
Weighted Average
Net Income Common Shares
15,229

$45,362

EPS
$2.98

For the years ended December 31,

2007
Weighted Average

2006
Weighted Average

Net Income Common Shares EPS Net Income Common Shares EPS
15,911 $2.80

15,646 $3.08

$48,241

$44,490

$45,362

63
15,292

$2.97

$48,241

15,779 $3.06

$44,490

16,082 $2.77

133

171

Basic EPS
Dilutive effect of stock options
 and nonvested share awards
Diluted EPS

As of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, there were no antidilutive options outstanding. 

16. 

Stockholders’ Equity: 

Shares of common stock outstanding were as follows for the years ended December, 31 2008, 2007 and 2006 
(amounts in thousands): 

December 31, 2005
Exercise of warrants, options and vesting of nonvested shares
December 31, 2006
Exercise of options and vesting of nonvested shares
Issuance of common stock for acquisition
Repurchase and cancellation of common stock
December 31, 2007
Exercise of options and vesting of nonvested shares
Issuance of common stock for acquisition
December 31, 2008

Common Stock

15,767
220
15,987
171
1
(1,000)
15,159
75
52
15,286

Cash Dividends Paid on Common Stock: 

On April 23, 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a special one-time cash dividend of $1.00 per 
share with a record date of May 9, 2007.  The cash dividends were paid on June 8, 2007 and totaled $16,069,694.  
There were no cash dividends paid or authorized during 2008 or 2006. 

Share Repurchase Program: 

On  April  23,  2007,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  authorized  a  share  repurchase  program  to  buyback  one 
million of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock on the open market.  The timing and volume of share 
purchases  were  dependent  on  several  factors,  including  market  conditions.    During  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2007, the Company purchased 1,000,000 shares of its common stock at an average per share price of $50.56.  The 
program was completed during 2007.   

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                           
                                
                           
                                
                                    
                           
                                    
                                  
                           
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

17. 

Income Taxes: 

The Company records a tax provision for the anticipated tax consequences of the reported results of operations.  
In  accordance  with  SFAS  109,  the  provision  for  income  taxes  is  computed  using  the  asset  and  liability  method, 
under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary 
differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and for operating losses and tax 
credit  carry-forwards.    Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  measured  using  the  currently  enacted  tax  rates  that 
apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax assets are expected to be realized or settled.   

On  July  13,  2006,  the  FASB  issued  FIN  48.    FIN  48  clarifies  the  accounting  for  uncertainty  in  income  taxes 
recognized  in  an  enterprise's  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  SFAS109.    FIN  48  prescribes  a  recognition 
threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken 
or expected to be taken in a tax return.  FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and 
penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.  The evaluation of a tax position in accordance 
with FIN 48 is a two-step process.  The first step is recognition: the enterprise determines whether it is more-likely-
than-not  that  a  tax  position  will  be  sustained  upon  examination,  including  resolution  of  any  related  appeals  or 
litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position.  In evaluating whether a tax position has met the 
more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the enterprise should presume that the position will be examined by the 
appropriate  taxing  authority  that  would  have  full  knowledge  of  all  relevant  information.    The  second  step  is 
measurement: a tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured to determine the 
amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements.  The tax position is measured as the largest amount of 
benefit  that  is  greater  than  50  percent  likely  of  being  realized  upon  ultimate  settlement.    Tax  positions  that 
previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be recognized in the first subsequent 
financial reporting period in which that threshold is met.  Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet 
the  more-likely-than-not  recognition  threshold  should  be  derecognized  in  the  first  subsequent  financial  reporting 
period in which that threshold is no longer met.   

The  Company  adopted  the  provisions  of  FIN  48  with  respect  to  all  of  its  tax  positions  as  of  January  1,  2007.  
Total unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 were $0 and $180,000, respectively.  Due to the 
approval by the Internal Revenue Service of an application for a change in accounting method with respect to one of 
the  Company’s  tax  positions,  the  balance  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits  at  the  date  of  adoption  was  reduced  from 
$388,000  to  $180,000  at  September  30,  2007.    The  reduction  of  $208,000  did  not  have  an  impact  on  the  annual 
effective  rate  since  the  ultimate  deductibility  of  these  benefits  was  highly  certain,  and  only  the  timing  of 
deductibility  was  uncertain.    On  September  15,  2008,  the  2004  tax  year  closed  and  is  no  longer  subject  to 
examination  by  major  taxing  jurisdictions,  including  the  Internal  Revenue  Service.    As  a  result,  the  remaining 
unrecognized tax benefits balance of $180,000 was reversed.  The reversal was an adjustment to additional paid-in-
capital  and  did  not  affect  the  annual  effective  tax  rate.   A  reconciliation  of  the  beginning  and  ending  amount  of 
unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (amounts in thousands):    

Balance at January 1, 2007
Additions for tax position of prior year
Decrease due to change in accounting method for tax purposes
Balance at December 31, 2007
Decrease due to lapse of statute of limitations
Balance at December 31, 2008

$              

379
9
(208)
180
(180)
$               
-

$              

The Company was notified on June 21, 2007 that it would be examined by the Internal Revenue Service for the 
2005 tax year.  As of December 31, 2008, the tax years subject to examination by the major taxing jurisdictions, 
including the Internal Revenue Service, are 2003 and 2005 and subsequent years.  The 2003 tax year remains open 
to examination because of a net operating loss that originated in that year but was not fully utilized until the 2005 
tax  year.    On  February  19,  2009,  the  Company  received  a  “Notice  of  Proposed  Adjustment”  dated  February  18, 
2009.  The notice states that the government has made a preliminary finding that the use of cost recovery for tax 
income  recognition  purposes  does  not  clearly  reflect  income.   The  Company  intends  to  appeal  the  government’s 
preliminary findings via the normal administrative process unless an agreement can be reached at the local level.  

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
                    
               
               
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

The Company believes it has substantial authority for using the cost recovery method and that it is more-likely-than-
not that it will be successful in the appeals process.   

FIN 48 requires the recognition of interest, if the tax law would require interest to be paid on the underpayment 
of  taxes,  and  recognition  of  penalties,  if  a  tax  position  does  not  meet  the  minimum  statutory  threshold  to  avoid 
payment of penalties.  Penalties and interest may be classified as either penalties and interest expense or income tax 
expense.    Management  has  elected  to  classify  accrued  penalties  and  interest  as  income  tax  expense.    Accrued 
penalties and interest as of January 1, 2007, in the amount of $77,000, were recorded to beginning of year retained 
earnings.  Since January 1, 2007, the Company has accrued additional interest of approximately $34,000.  Due to 
the  approved  application  for  change  in  accounting  method,  the  balance  of  accrued  penalties  and  interest  was 
reduced by $67,000 during 2007.  As a result of the lapse in the statute of limitations, the 2004 tax year closed as of 
September 15, 2008 resulting in the reversal of the remaining $44,000 of accrued interest. 

The income tax expense recognized for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 is composed of the 

following (amounts in thousands):   

For the year ended December 31, 2008

Federal

State

Total

For the year ended December 31, 2007

Federal

State

Total

Current tax benefit
Deferred tax expense

Total income tax expense

Current tax expense
Deferred tax expense

Total income tax expense

$                 

$                 

$            

$                

$                

$            

$                  

$                   

$              

$                

$                

$            

(2,108)
26,414
24,306

4,870
21,229
26,099

(362)
4,440
4,078

454
3,105
3,559

2,265
1,543
3,808

(2,470)
30,854
28,384

5,324
24,334
29,658

16,610
11,106
27,716

For the year ended December 31, 2006

Federal

State

Total

Current tax expense
Deferred tax expense

Total income tax expense

$                

$                

14,345
9,563
23,908

$                

$            

$                

$            

The  Company  has  recognized  a  net  deferred  tax  liability  of  $88,069,756  and  $57,578,782  as  of  December  31, 
2008  and  2007,  respectively.    The  components  of  this  net  deferred  tax  liability  are  as  follows  (amounts  in 
thousands): 

Deferred tax assets:

Employee compensation
Allowance for doubtful accounts
State tax credit
Intangible assets and goodwill
Section 467 leases
Other

Total deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Depreciation expense
Prepaid expenses
Cost recovery 

Total deferred tax liability

2008

2007

$             

529
794
685
379
277
133
2,797

$                 

898
-
591
501
-
170
2,160

788
658
89,421
90,867

89
418
59,232
59,739

Net deferred tax liabilities

$        

88,070

$             

57,579

78

 
     
 
 
                 
                 
              
                 
                 
              
                   
                 
              
 
     
              
                    
              
                   
              
                   
              
                    
              
                   
           
                 
              
                     
              
                   
         
               
         
               
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

A  valuation  allowance  has  not  been  provided  at  December  31,  2008  or  2007  since  management  believes  it  is 
more  likely  than  not  that  the  deferred  tax  assets  will  be  realized.    In  the  event  that  all  or  part  of  the  deferred  tax 
assets are determined not to be realizable in the future, an adjustment to the valuation allowance would be charged 
to earnings in the period such determination is made. Similarly, if the Company subsequently realizes deferred tax 
assets  that  were  previously  determined  to  be  unrealizable,  the  respective  valuation  allowance  would  be  reversed, 
resulting in a positive adjustment to earnings or a decrease in goodwill in the period such determination is made. In 
addition, the calculation of tax liabilities involves significant judgment in estimating the impact of uncertainties in 
the application of complex tax laws. Resolution of these uncertainties in a manner inconsistent with management's 
expectations  could  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Company's  results  of  operations  and  financial  position.    At 
December 31, 2008, the Company had state income tax credit carryforwards of approximately $1.1 million which 
will begin to expire starting in the year ending December 31, 2021.  The Company also incurred state net operating 
loss  carryforwards  in  2008  of  approximately  $1.5  million,  which  will  begin  to  expire  starting  in  the  year  ending 
December 31, 2013. 

The Company believes cost recovery to be an acceptable tax revenue recognition method for companies in the 
bad debt purchasing industry and results in the reduction of current taxable income as, for tax purposes, collections 
on  finance  receivables  are  applied  first  to  principal  to  reduce  the  finance  receivables  to  zero  before  any  taxable 
income is recognized. The temporary difference from the use of cost recovery for income tax purposes resulted in a 
deferred tax liability at December 31, 2008 and 2007.  

A reconciliation of the Company’s expected tax expense at statutory tax rates to actual tax expense for the years 

ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 consists of the following components (amounts in thousands): 

2008

2007

2006

Federal tax at statutory rates
State tax expense, net of federal benefit
Other
Total income tax expense

$        

$        

25,811
2,651
(78)
28,384

18. 

Commitments and Contingencies: 

Employment Agreements: 

$             

$             

27,265
2,313
80
29,658

$            

$            

25,272
2,475
(31)
27,716

The  Company  has  employment  agreements  with  all  of  its  executive  officers  and  with  several  members  of  its 
senior management group, most of which expire on December 31, 2011.  Such agreements provide for base salary 
payments as well as bonuses which are based on the attainment of specific management goals.  Future compensation 
under  these  agreements  is  approximately  $16.5  million.  The  agreements  also  contain  confidentiality  and  non-
compete provisions. 

Litigation: 

The  Company  is  from  time  to  time  subject  to  routine  legal  proceedings  which  are  incidental  to  the  ordinary 
course  of  our  business.    The  Company  initiates  lawsuits  against  consumers  and  are  occasionally  countersued  by 
them  in  such  actions.    Also,  consumers  occasionally  initiate  litigation  against  the  Company,  in  which  they  allege 
that  the  Company  has  violated  a  state  or  federal  law  in  the  process  of  collecting  on  an  account.    The  Company 
believes  that  the  results  of  any  pending  legal  proceedings  will  not  have a material adverse effect on the financial 
condition, results of operations or liquidity of the Company.  

Forward Flow Agreements: 

The  Company  is  party  to  several  forward  flow  agreements  that  allow  for  the  purchase  of  defaulted  consumer 
receivables  at  pre-established  prices.    The  maximum  remaining  amount  to  be  purchased  under  forward  flow 
agreements at December 31, 2008 is $71.6 million.  

79

 
 
 
 
 
           
                
                
               
                     
                   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item  9.  Changes  in  and  Disagreements  with  Accountants  on  Accounting  and  Financial 
Disclosure. 
None. 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures. 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.  We maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed 
in our Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in 
the  SEC's  rules  and  forms,  and  that  such  information  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  our  management, 
including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  as  appropriate,  to  allow  timely  decisions 
regarding  required  disclosure.    In  designing  and  evaluating  the  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  management 
recognized  that  any  controls  and  procedures,  no  matter  how  well  designed  and  operated,  can  provide  only 
reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management necessarily was required to apply 
its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.  Also, projections of any 
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of 
changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.   

We conducted an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our principal executive officer and 
principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period 
covered by this report.  Based on this evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer have 
concluded that, as of December 31, 2008, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.  

Management's  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting.    We  are  responsible  for  establishing  and 
maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting.  Internal control over financial reporting is defined in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company's 
principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the company's board of directors, management 
and  other  personnel,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the 
preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles.  Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect 
misstatements.   

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and 
principal  financial  officer,  we  carried  out  an  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  based  on  the  framework  in  Internal  Control  -  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring  Organizations  (“COSO”)  of  the  Treadway  Commission.    Based  on  its  assessment,  management  has 
determined that, as of December 31, 2008, its internal control over financial reporting was effective based on the 
criteria set forth in the COSO framework.  The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG 
LLP, has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as of December 
31, 2008 which is included herein. 

The  scope  of  management’s  assessment  of  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting  did  not  include  our  recently 
acquired subsidiary, MuniServices, which was excluded from our evaluation.  This business represents less than 5% 
of  total  assets  and  total  revenues  reflected  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements  as  of  and  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2008. 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. There was no change in our internal control over financial 
reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2008 that has materially affected, or is reasonably 
likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Item 9B. Other Information. 

None. 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant. 

PART III 

The following table sets forth certain information as of February 11, 2009 about the Company’s directors and 

executive officers. 

Name 

Position

Steven D. Fredrickson ..   President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board 
Kevin P. Stevenson……  Executive Vice President, Chief Financial and Administrative Officer, 

Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

Craig A. Grube .............   Executive Vice President — Acquisitions
Judith S. Scott ...............   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
William P. Brophey ......   Director* 
Penelope W. Kyle .........   Director 
David N. Roberts ..........   Director 
Scott M. Tabakin ..........   Director* 
James M. Voss ..............   Director* 

Age
49
44

48
63
71
61
46
50
66

* Member of the Company’s audit committee (the “Audit Committee”), which has been established in accordance 
with  Section  3(a)(58)(A)  of  the  Exchange  Act.    In  the  opinion  of  the  Board,  Mr.  Voss  and  Mr.  Tabakin  are 
independent directors who qualify as “audit committee financial experts,” pursuant to Section 401(h) of Regulations 
S-K. 

Steven  D.  Fredrickson,  President,  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chairman  of  the  Board.    Prior  to  co-
founding  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates  in  1996,  Mr.  Fredrickson  was  Vice  President,  Director  of  Household 
Recovery  Services’  (“HRSC”)  Portfolio  Services  Group  from  late  1993  until  February  1996.  At  HRSC  Mr. 
Fredrickson was ultimately responsible for HRSC’s portfolio sale and purchase programs, finance and accounting, 
as well as other functional areas.  Prior to joining HRSC, he spent five years with Household Commercial Financial 
Services managing a national commercial real estate workout team and five years with Continental Bank of Chicago 
as a member of the FDIC workout department, specializing in corporate and real estate workouts.  He received a 
B.S. degree from the University of Denver and a M.B.A. degree from the University of Illinois.  He is a past board 
member of the American Asset Buyers Association. 

Kevin  P.  Stevenson,  Executive  Vice  President,  Chief  Financial  and  Administrative  Officer,  Treasurer 
and  Assistant  Secretary.    Prior  to  co-founding  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates  in  1996,  Mr.  Stevenson  served  as 
Controller  and  Department  Manager  of  Financial  Control  and  Operations  Support  at  HRSC  from  June  1994  to 
March  1996,  supervising  a  department  of  approximately  30  employees.    Prior  to  joining  HRSC,  he  served  as 
Controller  of  Household  Bank’s  Regional  Processing  Center  in  Worthington,  Ohio  where  he  also  managed  the 
collections, technology, research and ATM departments.  While at Household Bank, Mr. Stevenson participated in 
eight bank acquisitions and numerous branch acquisitions or divestitures.  He is a certified public accountant and 
received his B.S.B.A. with a major in accounting from the Ohio State University. 

Craig A. Grube, Executive Vice President, Acquisitions.  Prior to joining Portfolio Recovery Associates in 
March 1998, Mr. Grube was a senior officer and director of Anchor Fence, Inc., a manufacturing and distribution 
business from 1989 to March 1997, when the company was sold.  Between the time of the sale and March 1998, Mr. 
Grube continued to work for Anchor Fence.  Prior to joining Anchor Fence, he managed distressed corporate debt 
for the FDIC at Continental Illinois National Bank for five years.  He received his B.A. degree from Boston College 
and his M.B.A. degree from the University of Illinois. 

Judith  S.  Scott,  Executive  Vice  President,  General  Counsel  and  Secretary.    Prior  to  joining  Portfolio 
Recovery Associates in March 1998, Ms. Scott held senior positions, from 1991 to March 1998, with Old Dominion 
University  as  Director  of  its  Virginia  Peninsula  campus;  from  1985  to  1991,  as  General  Counsel  of  a  computer 
manufacturing  firm;  as  Senior  Counsel  in  the  Office  of  the  Governor  of  Virginia  from  1982  to  1985;  as  Senior 
Counsel for the Virginia Housing Development Authority from 1976 to 1982, and as Assistant Attorney General for 
the  Commonwealth  of  Virginia  from  1975  to  1976.    Ms.  Scott  received  her  B.S.  in  business  administration  from 

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Virginia State University, a post baccalaureate degree in economics from Swarthmore College, and a J.D. from the 
Catholic University School of Law. 

William P. Brophey, Director.  Mr. Brophey was appointed as a director of Portfolio Recovery Associates in 
2002  and  subsequently  elected  at  the  Company’s  next  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders.    Currently  retired,  Mr. 
Brophey  has  more  than  35  years  of  experience  as  president  and  chief  executive  officer  of  Brad  Ragan,  Inc.,  a 
(formerly) publicly traded automotive product and service retailer and as a senior executive at The Goodyear Tire 
and Rubber Company.  Throughout his career, he held numerous field and corporate positions at Goodyear in the 
areas  of  wholesale,  retail,  credit,  and  sales  and  marketing,  including  general  marketing  manager,  commercial  tire 
products.  He served as president and chief executive officer and a member of the board of directors of Brad Ragan, 
Inc. (a 75% owned public subsidiary of Goodyear) from 1988 to 1996, and vice chairman of the board of directors 
from 1994 to 1996, when he was named vice president, original equipment tire sales world wide at Goodyear.  From 
1998 until his retirement in 2000, he was again elected president and chief executive officer and vice chairman of 
the  board  of  directors  of  Brad  Ragan,  Inc.    Mr.  Brophey  has  a  business  degree  from  Ohio  Valley  College  and 
attended  advanced  management  programs  at  Kent  State  University,  Northwestern  University,  Morehouse  College 
and Columbia University. 

Penelope W. Kyle, Director.  Mrs. Kyle was appointed as a director of Portfolio Recovery Associates in 2005 
and subsequently elected at the Company’s next Annual Meeting of Stockholders.  Mrs. Kyle presently serves as 
President of Radford University.  Prior to her appointment as President of Radford University in June 2005, she had 
served since 1994 as Director of the Virginia Lottery.  Earlier in her career, she worked as an attorney at the law 
firm  McGuire,  Woods,  Battle  and  Boothe,  in  Richmond,  Virginia.    Mrs.  Kyle  was  later  employed  at  CSX 
Corporation, where during a 13-year career she became the company's first female officer and a vice president in the 
finance department. She earned an MBA at the College of William and Mary and a law degree from the University 
of Virginia. 

 David  N.  Roberts,  Director.    Mr.  Roberts  has  been  a  director  of  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates  since  its 
formation in 1996.  Mr. Roberts joined Angelo, Gordon & Company, L.P. in 1993.  He manages the firm’s private 
equity and special situations area and was the founder of the firm’s opportunistic real estate area.  Mr. Roberts has 
invested  in  a  wide  variety  of  real  estate,  corporate  and  special  situations  transactions.    Prior  to  joining  Angelo, 
Gordon Mr. Roberts was a principal at Gordon Investment Corporation, a Canadian merchant bank from 1989 to 
1993,  where  he  participated  in  a  wide  variety  of  principal  transactions  including  investments  in  the  real  estate, 
mortgage banking and food industries.  Prior to joining Gordon Investment Corporation, he worked in the Corporate 
Finance Department of L.F. Rothschild where he specialized in mergers and acquisitions.  He has a B.S. degree in 
economics from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. 

Scott  M.  Tabakin,  Director.    Mr.  Tabakin  was  appointed  as  a  director  of  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates  in 
2004 and subsequently elected at the Company’s next Annual Meeting of Stockholders.  Mr. Tabakin has more than 
20 years of public-company experience. Mr. Tabakin has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial 
Officer of Bravo Health, Inc., a privately owned Medicare managed health care company since 2006.  Early in his 
career, Mr. Tabakin was an executive with the accounting firm of Ernst & Young.  Prior to May 2001, Mr. Tabakin 
was Executive Vice President and CFO of Beverly Enterprises, Inc., then the nation's largest provider of long-term 
health care.  He served as Executive Vice President and CFO of AMERIGROUP Corporation, a managed health-
care  company,  from  May  2001  until  October  2003.  From  November  2003  until  July  2006,  Mr.  Tabakin  was  an 
independent  financial  consultant.     Mr.  Tabakin  is  a  certified  public  accountant  and  received  a  B.S.  degree  in 
accounting from the University of Illinois. 

James M. Voss, Director.  Mr. Voss was appointed as a director of Portfolio Recovery Associates in 2002 and 
subsequently elected at the Company’s next Annual Meeting of Stockholders.  Mr. Voss has more than 35 years of 
experience  as  a  senior  finance  executive.    He  currently  heads  Voss  Consulting,  Inc.,  serving  as  a  consultant  to 
community  banks  regarding  policy,  organization,  credit  risk  management  and  strategic  planning.    From  1992 
through 1998, he was with First Midwest Bank as executive vice president and chief credit officer.  He served in a 
variety of senior executive roles during a 24 year career (1965-1989) with Continental Bank of Chicago, and was 
chief  financial  officer  at  Allied  Products  Corporation  (1990-1991),  a  publicly  traded  (NYSE)  diversified 
manufacturer.  Currently, he serves on the board of Elgin State Bank.  Mr. Voss has both an MBA and Bachelor’s 
Degree from Northwestern University. 

82

 
 
Corporate Code of Ethics 

The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics which is applicable to all directors, officers, and employees and 
which  complies  with  the  definition  of  a  “code  of  ethics”  set  out  in  Section  406(c)  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of 
2002, and the requirement of a “Code of Conduct” prescribed by Section 4350(n) of the Marketplace Rules of the 
NASDAQ  Global  Stock  Market,  Inc.  The  Code  of  Ethics  is  available  to  the  public,  and  will  be  provided  by  the 
Company  at  no  charge  to  any  requesting  party.  Interested  parties  may  obtain  a  copy  of  the  Code  of  Ethics  by 
submitting  a  written  request to Investor Relations, Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc., 120 Corporate Boulevard, 
Suite 100, Norfolk, Virginia, 23502, or by email at info@portfoliorecovery.com. The Code of Ethics is also posted 
on the Company's website at www.portfoliorecovery.com. 

Certain  information  required  by  Item  10  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  section  labeled  “Section 
16(a)  Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting  Compliance”  in  the  Company’s  definitive  Proxy  Statement  in  connection 
with the Company’s 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation. 

The  information  required  by  Item  11  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  (a)  the  section  labeled 
“Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis”  in  the  Company’s  definitive  Proxy  Statement  in  connection  with  the 
Company’s 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and (b) the section labeled “Compensation Committee Report” in 
the  Company’s  definitive  Proxy  Statement  in  connection  with  the  Company’s  2009  Annual  Meeting  of 
Stockholders,  which  section  (and  the  report  contained  therein)  shall  be  deemed  to  be  furnished  in  this  report  and 
shall not be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 as a result of such furnishing in this Item 11. 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management And Related              
Stockholder Matters. 

The  information  required  by  Item  12  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  section  labeled  “Security 
Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management”  in  the  Company’s  definitive  Proxy  Statement  in 
connection with the Company’s 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions. 

The  information  required  by  Item  13  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Item  5  of  this  report  and  to  the 
section labeled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement in 
connection with the Company’s 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services. 

The aggregate fees billed or expected to be billed by KPMG LLP for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 

2007, respectively, are presented in the table below: 

Audit Fees
  Annual audit

Tax Fees

Other Fees:
  Subscription Fees (1)

2008

2007

$            

551,500

$                   

483,000

14,550

1,500

10,900

1,500

Total Accountant Fees

$            

567,550

$                   

495,400

(1)  Subscription fees represent fees paid to KPMG LLP  for an annual subscription to their proprietary research tool 
during 2008 and 2007, respectively.

The Audit Committee’s charter provides that the Audit Committee will: 

•  Approve the fees and other significant compensation to be paid to auditors.   

•  Review the non-audit services to determine whether they are permissible under current law.  

•  Pre-approve the provision of all audit services and any permissible non-audit services by the independent 

auditors and the related fees of the independent auditors therefore. 

•  Consider  whether  the  provision  of  these  other  non-audit  services  is  compatible  with  maintaining  the 

auditors’ independence. 

All the services performed by and fees paid to KPMG LLP were pre-approved by the Audit Committee. 

84

 
 
 
                
                       
                  
                         
 
 
 
PART IV 

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

(a)  Financial Statements. 

The following financial statements of the Company are included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: 

Page 
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms                                                                   52-55 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 
56 
Consolidated Income Statements 

for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity 

and Comprehensive Income 
for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(b)  Exhibits. 

57 

58 

59 
       60-79 

2.1 

2.2 

2.3 

3.1 

3.2 

4.1 

4.2 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

Equity  Exchange  Agreement  between  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  L.L.C.  and  Portfolio 
Recovery Associates, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Registration Statement 
on Form S-1). 
Asset  Purchase  Agreement  dated  as  of  October  1,  2004,  by  and  among  Portfolio  Recovery 
Associates, Inc, PRA Location Services, LLC, IGS Nevada, Inc., and James Snead (Incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Form 8-K dated October 7, 2004). 
Asset  Purchase  Agreement  dated  as  of  July  29,  2005,  by  and  among  Portfolio  Recovery 
Associates, Inc, PRA Government Services, LLC, Alatax, Inc. and its stockholders (Incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Form 8-K dated August 2, 2005). 
Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc. 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1). 
Amended  and  Restated  By-Laws  of  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.  (Incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1). 
Form of Common Stock Certificate (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registration 
Statement on Form S-1). 
Form  of  Warrant  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 4.2  of  the  Registration  Statement  on 
Form S-1). 
Employment Agreement, dated November 14, 2008, by and between Steven D. Fredrickson and 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K 
dated November 20, 2008). 
Employment  Agreement,  dated  November  14,  2008,  by  and  between  Kevin  P.  Stevenson  and 
Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  of  the  Form  8-K 
dated November 20, 2008). 
Employment Agreement, dated November 14, 2008, by and between Craig A. Grube and Portfolio 
Recovery  Associates,  Inc.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3  of  the  Form  8-K  dated 
November 20, 2008). 
Employment Agreement, dated November 14, 2008, by and between Judith S. Scott and Portfolio 
Recovery  Associates,  Inc.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  of  the  Form  8-K  dated 
November 20, 2008). 
Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.  Amended  and  Restated  2002  Stock  Option  Plan  and  2004 
Restricted Stock Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the form 10-Q for the period 
ended June 30, 2004). 

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

 Loan  and  Security  Agreement,  dated  November  29,  2005,  by  and  between  Portfolio  Recovery 
Associates, Inc, Bank of America and Wachovia Bank.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 
of the Form 8-K dated December 5, 2005). 
Promissory Note dated November 29, 2005 by and between Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc, 
and Bank of America (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Form 8-K dated December 
5, 2005). 
Promissory Note dated November 29, 2005 by and between Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc, 
and Wachovia Bank (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Form 8-K dated December 
5, 2005). 

10.10  Amended  and  Restated  Loan  and  Security  Agreement,  dated  May  9,  2006,  by  and  between 
Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc,  Bank  of  America,  Wachovia  Bank  and  RBC  Centura  Bank.  
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K dated May 11, 2006). 

10.11  Second  Amendment  to  the  Amended  and  Restated  Loan  and  Security  Agreement,  dated  May  4, 
2007, by and between Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc, Bank of America, Wachovia Bank and 
RBC  Centura  Bank.    (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  of  the  Form  8-K  dated  May  7, 
2007). 

10.12  Loan  Document  Modification  Agreement,  dated  October  26,  2007,  by  and  between  Portfolio 
Recovery  Associates,  Inc,  Bank  of  America,  Wachovia  Bank  and  RBC  Centura  Bank.  
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K dated October 29, 2007). 

10.13  Third amendment to the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of May 2, 
2008,  by  and  between  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc,  Bank  of  America,  N.A.,  Wachovia 
Bank, N.A., RBC Centura Bank and SunTrust Bank (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of 
the Form 8-K filed May 12, 2008). 

10.14  Fourth  amendment  to  the  Amended  and  Restated  Loan  and  Security  Agreement,  dated  as  of 
September 3, 2008, by and between Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc, Bank of America, N.A., 
Wachovia  Bank,  N.A.,  RBC  Centura  Bank,  SunTrust  Bank  and  JP  Morgan  Chase  Bank  N.A. 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K filed September 8, 2008). 

21.1       Subsidiaries of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.  
23.1 
23.2 
24.1 
31.1 
31.2 
32.1       Section 906 Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer 

Consent of KPMG LLP 
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Powers of Attorney (included on signature page). 
Section 302 Certifications of Chief Executive Officer  
Section 302 Certifications of Chief Financial Officer 

86 

 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has 

duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Dated:  February 27, 2009 

Dated:  February 27, 2009 

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
(Registrant) 

By:/s/ Steven D. Fredrickson 
Steven D. Fredrickson 
President, Chief Executive Officer  
and Chairman of the Board 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

By:/s/ Kevin P. Stevenson  
Kevin P. Stevenson 
Chief Financial and Administrative Officer,   
Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

KNOW  ALL  MEN  BY  THESE  PRESENTS,  that  each  of  the  undersigned  whose  signature  appears  below 
constitutes and appoints Steven D. Fredrickson and Kevin P. Stevenson, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with 
full power of substitution and resubstitution for him and on his behalf, and in his name, place and stead, in any and 
all capacities to execute and sign any and all amendments or post-effective amendments to this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact or any of them 
or  their  or  his  substitute  or  substitutes,  may  lawfully  do  or  cause  to  be  done  by  virtue  hereof  and  the  registrant 
hereby confers like authority on its behalf.  

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 

following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Dated: February 27, 2009 

Dated: February 27, 2009 

Dated: February 27, 2009 

Dated: February 27, 2009 

Dated: February 27, 2009 

By:/s/ Steven D. Fredrickson 
Steven D. Fredrickson 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

By:/s/ Kevin P. Stevenson  
Kevin P. Stevenson 
Chief Financial and Administrative Officer,   
Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

By:/s/ William P. Brophey  
William P. Brophey 
Director 

By:/s/ Penelope W. Kyle 
Penelope W. Kyle 
Director 

By:/s/ David N. Roberts 
David N. Roberts 
Director 

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dated: February 27, 2009 

Dated: February 27, 2009 

By:/s/ Scott M. Tabakin 
Scott M. Tabakin 
Director 

 By:/s/ James M. Voss 
 James M. Voss 
 Director 

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 21.1  

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant and Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization  
Portfolio Recovery Associates, LLC -  Delaware  
PRA Holding I, LLC  – Virginia  
PRA Holding II, LLC – Virginia  
PRA Receivables Management, LLC  – Virginia 
PRA Location Services, LLC – Delaware (Doing business as IGS) 
PRA Government Services, LLC – Delaware (Doing business as RDS) 
MuniServices, LLC - Delaware 

89

 
 
 
 
Exhibit 23.1 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors  
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.: 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 333-110330 and No. 333-
110331) on Form S-8 of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. of our reports dated February 27, 2009, with 
respect  to  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  (the 
Company)  as  of  December  31,  2008  and  2007,  and  the  related  consolidated  income  statements,  and 
statements  of  changes  in  stockholders’  equity  and  comprehensive  income,  and  cash  flows  for  the  years 
then  ended,  and  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2008, 
which  reports  appear  in  the  December  31,  2008  annual  report  on  Form  10-K  of  Portfolio  Recovery 
Associates, Inc.  

Our report dated Febraury 27, 2009, on the consolidated financial statements of the Company refers to the 
Company’s  adoption  of  the  provisions  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (FASB)  Interpretation 
No.  48,  Accounting  for  Uncertainties  in  Income  Taxes,  an  interpretation  of  FASB  Statement  No.  109, 
effective January 1, 2007. 

Our report dated February 27, 2009, on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2008, contains an explanatory paragraph that states that Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
acquired MuniServices, LLC (MuniServices) during 2008, and management excluded from its assessment 
of the effectiveness of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2008, MuniServices’ internal control over financial reporting associated with less than 5% 
of the total assets and total revenues reflected in the consolidated financial statements of the Company as 
of and for the year ended December 31, 2008.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of 
Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.  also  excluded  an  evaluation  of  the  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting of MuniServices.   

/s/ KPMG LLP 

Norfolk, Virginia 
February 27, 2009

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 23.2 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

We  hereby  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in  the  Registration  Statement  on  Form    S-8  (No. 
333-110330  and  No.  333-110331)  of  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.  of  our  report  dated  March  1, 
2007 relating to the financial statements, which appears in this Form 10-K. 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 

McLean, VA 
February 27, 2009

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.1 

I, Steven D. Fredrickson, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a 
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements 
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as 
of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over 
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

(a)  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in 
which this report is being prepared; 

(b)  Designed  such  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  controls  over  financial 
reporting  to  be  designed  under  my  supervision  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of 
financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  the  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report 
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period 
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

(d)  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred 
during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual 
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control 
over financial reporting; and 

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal 
control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of 
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

(a)  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  controls  over 
financial  reporting  which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant’s  ability  to  record,  process, 
summarize and report financial information; and 

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role 

in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date:  February 27, 2009   

 By: /s/ Steven D. Fredrickson 
Steven D. Fredrickson 
Chief Executive Officer, President and 
Chairman of the Board of Directors 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2 

I, Kevin P. Stevenson, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a 
material  fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which  such  statements 
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, 
and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure 
controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over 
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

(a)  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in 
which this report is being prepared; 

(b)  Designed  such  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  controls  over  financial 
reporting  to  be  designed  under  my  supervision  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of 
financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  the  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report 
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period 
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

(d)  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred 
during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual 
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control 
over financial reporting; and 

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal 
control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of 
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

(a)  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  controls  over 
financial  reporting  which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant’s  ability  to  record,  process, 
summarize and report financial information; and 

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role 

in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date:  February 27, 2009   

By: /s/ Kevin P. Stevenson  
Kevin P. Stevenson 
Chief  Financial  and  Administrative 
Officer,  Executive  Vice  President, 
Treasurer and Assistant Secretary 
(Principal  Financial  and  Accounting 
Officer) 

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 32.1  

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO  
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,  
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO  
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

In connection with the Annual Report of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the 
fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the 
"Report"), I, Steven D. Fredrickson, Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of the Board of the Company, 
certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 
that: 

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934; and 

(2)  The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and 
results of operations of the Company. 

Date:  February 27, 2009   

By: /s/ Steven D. Fredrickson 
Steven D. Fredrickson 
Chief Executive Officer, President and  
Chairman of the Board of Directors 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO  
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,  
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO  
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

In connection with the Annual Report of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the 
fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the 
"Report"), I, Kevin P. Stevenson, Chief Financial and Administrative Officer, Executive Vice President, Treasurer 
and Assistant Secretary of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: 

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934; and 

(2)  The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and 
results of operations of the Company. 

Date:  February 27, 2009   

By: /s/ Kevin P. Stevenson  
Kevin P. Stevenson 
Chief Financial and Administrative Officer,  
Executive  Vice  President,  Treasurer  and  Assistant 
Secretary 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

94

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CoRPoRaTe goVeRNaNCe

mAnAgement

BoARd of dIReCtoRs

Steve Fredrickson
President and  
Chief executive officer

Craig Grube
executive Vice President, 
acquisitions

Kevin Stevenson
executive Vice President,  
Chief financial and 
administrative officer, 
Treasurer and asst. 
Secretary

Judith Scott
executive Vice President, 
general Counsel and 
Secretary

James Voss
director

William Brophey
director

Steve Fredrickson 
Chairman of the Board

Scott Tabakin
director

Penelope Kyle
director

David Roberts
lead director

CoRPoRAte InfoRmAtIon

SToCk exChaNge liSTiNg
Portfolio Recovery associates’ common stock trades on the 
NaSdaq global Stock market under the symbol “PRaa.”  
Price information for the common stock appears daily in major 
newspapers.

TRaNSfeR ageNT aNd RegiSTRaR
Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company 
17 Battery Place, 8th floor  
New York, New York 10004  
Tel: 212-509-4000  
fax: 212-509-5150

audiToRS
kPmg llP 
Norfolk, Virginia

legal CouNSel
dechert, llP  
New York, New York

Designed by Curran & Connors, Inc. / www.curran-connors.com 

fiNaNCial PuBliCaTioNS/iNVeSToR iNquiRieS
Shareholders may acquire copies of the 2008 form 10-k, annual  
Report and other filed documents by visiting the company’s web-
site at www.portfoliorecovery.com or by writing to us at:

Portfolio Recovery associates  
attn: investor Relations  
120 Corporate Blvd., Suite 100  
Norfolk, Virginia 23502

PRiCe RaNge of CommoN SToCk
The Company’s common stock began trading on the NaSdaq 
global Stock market under the symbol “PRaa” on November 8, 
2002. The following table sets forth the high and low sales price 
for the common stock for the year 2008.

2008 

high 

low

$52.73 

$24.70

as of february 4, 2009, there were 31 holders of record of the 
common stock. Based on information provided by our transfer 
agent and registrar, we believe that there are approximately 24,183 
beneficial owners of the Common Stock.

 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Riverside Commerce Center
120 Corporate Blvd., Suite 100
Norfolk, Virginia 23502